1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
39 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
40 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
41 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
42 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
43 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
44 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
45 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
46 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
47 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
48 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
49 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
50 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
51 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
53 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
55 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
56 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
57 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
58 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
59 (asection *, bfd_vma, asection **, bfd_vma *, bfd_boolean);
61 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
62 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
63 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
64 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
65 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
66 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
67 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
68 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
69 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
70 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
71 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
73 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
74 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
75 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
76 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
77 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
78 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
79 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
80 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
81 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
82 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
83 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
85 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
86 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
87 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
88 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
90 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
92 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
93 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
96 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
97 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
98 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
99 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
100 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
101 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
102 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
103 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
104 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
105 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
106 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
108 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
109 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
110 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
111 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
112 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
113 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
114 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
115 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
116 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
117 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
118 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
119 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
120 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
121 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
122 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
123 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
124 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
125 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
126 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
127 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
129 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
131 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
133 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
134 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
135 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
137 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
138 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
140 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
142 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
143 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
144 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
145 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
146 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
148 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
149 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
150 /* TOC base alignment. */
151 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
153 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
154 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
155 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
157 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
158 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
159 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
160 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
161 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
162 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
163 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
164 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
165 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
166 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
168 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
169 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
170 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
171 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
172 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
174 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
175 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
176 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
177 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
178 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
179 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
180 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
182 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
183 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
184 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
186 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
187 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
188 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
190 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
191 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
192 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
193 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
194 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
195 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
199 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
200 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
201 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
202 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
203 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
204 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
205 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
206 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
207 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
208 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
210 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
211 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
212 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
216 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
217 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
219 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
220 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
221 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
222 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
228 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
229 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
230 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
231 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
232 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
235 #define NOP 0x60000000
237 /* Some other nops. */
238 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
239 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
241 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
242 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
243 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
245 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
247 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
248 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
250 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
251 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
252 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
253 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
254 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
255 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
256 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
257 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
258 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
259 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
260 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
261 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
263 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
264 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
265 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
266 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
267 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
268 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
272 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
276 abiversion (bfd *abfd)
278 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC64_ABI;
282 set_abiversion (bfd *abfd, int ver)
284 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC64_ABI;
285 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= ver & EF_PPC64_ABI;
288 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
289 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
290 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
291 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
292 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
293 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
294 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
295 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
296 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
297 complain, special_func) \
298 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
299 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
300 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
302 static reloc_howto_type *ppc64_elf_howto_table[(int) R_PPC64_max];
304 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw[] =
306 /* This reloc does nothing. */
307 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
308 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
310 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
314 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
315 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
316 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
317 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
319 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
323 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
327 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
332 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
333 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
336 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
337 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
338 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
339 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc),
341 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
342 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
343 bits must be zero. */
344 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
345 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc),
347 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
348 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
349 two bits must be zero. */
350 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
351 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc),
353 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc),
357 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc),
361 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
366 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
368 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
369 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc),
371 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
372 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
374 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
375 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc),
377 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
379 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
380 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
382 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
384 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
385 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
387 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
389 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
390 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
392 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
394 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
395 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
397 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
398 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
399 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
400 shared library into the object, because the object being
401 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
402 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
403 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
405 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
407 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
408 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
410 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
411 entry for a symbol. */
412 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
413 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
415 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
416 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
418 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
419 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
421 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
422 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
429 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, signed,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
433 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
435 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
437 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
438 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
439 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, signed,
440 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
442 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
444 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
445 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
447 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
449 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
450 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
452 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
454 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
455 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
457 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
458 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc),
461 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc),
465 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc),
469 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc),
473 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE, dont,
475 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
477 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
479 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
480 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
481 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
483 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
488 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
489 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont,
492 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont,
494 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
497 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
498 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont,
501 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
503 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
505 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, TRUE, dont,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
509 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
511 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
513 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
515 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
516 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, TRUE, dont,
517 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
519 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
520 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
521 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
522 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc),
524 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
525 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
526 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
527 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc),
529 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
530 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
531 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
532 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc),
534 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
535 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
537 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
538 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
539 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc),
541 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
542 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
543 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
544 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc),
546 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
547 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
548 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
549 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
550 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
551 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
552 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
553 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
554 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
555 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE,signed,
556 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
558 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
559 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
560 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
561 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
563 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
564 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
565 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
566 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
568 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
569 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
571 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
572 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
573 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
575 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
577 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
585 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
597 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
605 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
613 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
614 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
616 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
617 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
618 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont,
619 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
621 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
623 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
625 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
626 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
628 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
629 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
631 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
632 each plt call stub. */
633 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
634 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
636 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
640 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
641 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
643 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
644 definition of its TLS sym. */
645 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
646 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
648 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
649 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
650 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
651 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
652 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
654 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
658 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
662 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
686 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
690 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
694 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
695 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
696 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
697 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
699 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
703 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
707 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
711 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
731 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
735 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
739 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
740 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
741 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
742 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
743 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
745 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
757 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
758 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
759 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
760 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
761 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
763 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
775 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
776 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
777 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
778 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
780 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
792 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
793 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
794 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
795 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
797 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
809 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
810 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
812 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
813 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
815 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
816 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
823 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, signed,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
828 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
829 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, signed,
832 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
833 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
835 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
838 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE, dont,
839 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
841 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE, dont,
844 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE, dont,
845 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
847 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE, dont,
850 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed,
854 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed,
858 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
860 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
866 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
868 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
882 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
884 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
886 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
890 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
891 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
893 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
894 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
896 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
897 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
899 HOW (R_PPC64_D34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, FALSE, signed,
900 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc),
902 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont,
903 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc),
905 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 34, FALSE, dont,
906 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc),
908 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 34, FALSE, dont,
909 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc),
911 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed,
912 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc),
914 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed,
915 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
917 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed,
918 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
920 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed,
921 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
923 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, FALSE, signed,
924 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
926 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, FALSE, signed,
927 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
929 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed,
930 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
932 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed,
933 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
935 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed,
936 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
938 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed,
939 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc),
941 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE, dont,
942 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
944 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE, dont,
947 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE, dont,
948 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
950 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE, dont,
953 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE, dont,
954 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
956 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE, dont,
959 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE, dont,
960 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
962 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE, dont,
965 HOW (R_PPC64_D28, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL, 0, FALSE, signed,
966 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc),
968 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed,
969 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc),
971 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
972 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
981 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
985 ppc_howto_init (void)
987 unsigned int i, type;
989 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw); i++)
991 type = ppc64_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
992 BFD_ASSERT (type < ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table));
993 ppc64_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw[i];
997 static reloc_howto_type *
998 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd,
999 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
1001 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r = R_PPC64_NONE;
1003 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table[R_PPC64_ADDR32])
1004 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1010 /* xgettext:c-format */
1011 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd,
1013 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1016 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC64_NONE;
1018 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC64_ADDR32;
1020 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC64_ADDR24;
1022 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16;
1024 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO;
1026 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI;
1028 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH;
1030 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA;
1032 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA;
1034 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC64_ADDR14;
1036 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN;
1038 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN;
1040 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC64_REL24;
1042 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC: r = R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC;
1044 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC64_REL14;
1046 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN;
1048 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN;
1050 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC64_GOT16;
1052 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC64_GOT16_LO;
1054 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC64_GOT16_HI;
1056 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC64_GOT16_HA;
1058 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC64_COPY;
1060 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT;
1062 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL32;
1064 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC64_PLT32;
1066 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_PLTREL32;
1068 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC64_PLT16_LO;
1070 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC64_PLT16_HI;
1072 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC64_PLT16_HA;
1074 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF;
1076 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO;
1078 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI;
1080 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA;
1082 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC64_ADDR64;
1084 case BFD_RELOC_64: r = R_PPC64_ADDR64;
1086 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER;
1088 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA;
1090 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST;
1092 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA;
1094 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL64;
1096 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC64_PLT64;
1098 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_PLTREL64;
1100 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC64_TOC16;
1102 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO: r = R_PPC64_TOC16_LO;
1104 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI: r = R_PPC64_TOC16_HI;
1106 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA: r = R_PPC64_TOC16_HA;
1108 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC: r = R_PPC64_TOC;
1110 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16;
1112 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO;
1114 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI;
1116 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA;
1118 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS;
1120 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS;
1122 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS: r = R_PPC64_GOT16_DS;
1124 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS;
1126 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS;
1128 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS;
1130 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS;
1132 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS: r = R_PPC64_TOC16_DS;
1134 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS;
1136 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS;
1138 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS;
1140 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL:
1141 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC64_TLS;
1143 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC64_TLSGD;
1145 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC64_TLSLD;
1147 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC64_DTPMOD64;
1149 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16;
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA;
1159 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA;
1161 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC64_TPREL64;
1163 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16;
1165 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO;
1167 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI;
1169 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH;
1171 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA;
1173 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA;
1175 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL64;
1177 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16;
1179 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO;
1181 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI;
1183 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA;
1185 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16;
1187 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO;
1189 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI;
1191 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA;
1193 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS;
1195 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS;
1197 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI;
1199 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA;
1201 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS;
1203 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS;
1205 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI;
1207 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA;
1209 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS;
1211 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS;
1213 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER;
1215 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA;
1217 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST;
1219 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA;
1221 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS;
1223 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS;
1225 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER;
1227 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA;
1229 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST;
1231 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA;
1233 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL16;
1235 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL16_LO;
1237 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HI;
1239 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HA;
1241 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH;
1243 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA;
1245 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER;
1247 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA;
1249 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST;
1251 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA;
1253 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC64_16DX_HA;
1255 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA;
1257 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY: r = R_PPC64_ENTRY;
1259 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL: r = R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL;
1261 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34: r = R_PPC64_D34;
1263 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO: r = R_PPC64_D34_LO;
1265 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30: r = R_PPC64_D34_HI30;
1267 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30: r = R_PPC64_D34_HA30;
1269 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34: r = R_PPC64_PCREL34;
1271 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34: r = R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34;
1273 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34: r = R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34;
1275 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34: r = R_PPC64_TPREL34;
1277 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL34;
1279 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34;
1281 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34;
1283 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34;
1285 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34: r = R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34;
1287 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34;
1289 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34;
1291 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34;
1293 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34;
1295 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34;
1297 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34;
1299 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34;
1301 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34;
1303 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28: r = R_PPC64_D28;
1305 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28: r = R_PPC64_PCREL28;
1307 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT;
1309 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY;
1313 return ppc64_elf_howto_table[r];
1316 static reloc_howto_type *
1317 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1322 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw); i++)
1323 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
1324 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
1325 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw[i];
1330 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1333 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr,
1334 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
1338 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1339 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table[R_PPC64_ADDR32])
1342 type = ELF64_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
1343 if (type >= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table))
1345 /* xgettext:c-format */
1346 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1348 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1351 cache_ptr->howto = ppc64_elf_howto_table[type];
1352 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL || cache_ptr->howto->name == NULL)
1354 /* xgettext:c-format */
1355 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1357 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1364 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1366 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1367 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1368 void *data, asection *input_section,
1369 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1371 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
1373 bfd_size_type octets;
1376 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1377 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1379 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1380 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1381 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1383 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1384 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1386 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
1387 if (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1388 || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1389 || r_type == R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1390 || r_type == R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34)
1391 reloc_entry->addend += 1ULL << 33;
1393 reloc_entry->addend += 1U << 15;
1394 if (r_type != R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA)
1395 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1398 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1399 value = symbol->value;
1400 value += (reloc_entry->addend
1401 + symbol->section->output_offset
1402 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
1403 value -= (reloc_entry->address
1404 + input_section->output_offset
1405 + input_section->output_section->vma);
1406 value = (bfd_signed_vma) value >> 16;
1408 octets = reloc_entry->address * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd);
1409 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
1411 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
1412 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
1413 if (value + 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1414 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
1415 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1418 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1419 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1420 void *data, asection *input_section,
1421 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1423 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1424 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1425 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1427 if (strcmp (symbol->section->name, ".opd") == 0
1428 && (symbol->section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
1430 bfd_vma dest = opd_entry_value (symbol->section,
1431 symbol->value + reloc_entry->addend,
1433 if (dest != (bfd_vma) -1)
1434 reloc_entry->addend = dest - (symbol->value
1435 + symbol->section->output_section->vma
1436 + symbol->section->output_offset);
1440 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) symbol;
1442 if (symbol->section->owner != abfd
1443 && symbol->section->owner != NULL
1444 && abiversion (symbol->section->owner) >= 2)
1448 for (i = 0; i < symbol->section->owner->symcount; ++i)
1450 asymbol *symdef = symbol->section->owner->outsymbols[i];
1452 if (strcmp (symdef->name, symbol->name) == 0)
1454 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) symdef;
1460 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
1462 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1465 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1466 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1467 void *data, asection *input_section,
1468 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1471 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
1472 bfd_size_type octets;
1473 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1474 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2 = TRUE;
1476 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1477 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1479 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1480 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1481 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1483 octets = reloc_entry->address * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd);
1484 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
1485 insn &= ~(0x01 << 21);
1486 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
1487 if (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1488 || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN)
1489 insn |= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1493 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1494 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1495 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1496 if ((insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1498 else if ((insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1508 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1509 target = symbol->value;
1510 target += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1511 target += symbol->section->output_offset;
1512 target += reloc_entry->addend;
1514 from = (reloc_entry->address
1515 + input_section->output_offset
1516 + input_section->output_section->vma);
1518 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1519 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (target - from) < 0)
1522 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
1524 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1525 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1528 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1529 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1530 void *data, asection *input_section,
1531 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1533 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1534 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1536 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1537 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1538 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1540 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1541 reloc_entry->addend -= symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1542 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1545 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1546 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1547 void *data, asection *input_section,
1548 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1550 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1551 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1553 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1554 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1555 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1557 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1558 reloc_entry->addend -= symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1560 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1561 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
1562 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1565 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1566 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1567 void *data, asection *input_section,
1568 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1572 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1573 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1575 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1576 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1577 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1579 TOCstart = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section->output_section->owner);
1581 TOCstart = ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL, input_section->output_section->owner);
1583 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1584 reloc_entry->addend -= TOCstart + TOC_BASE_OFF;
1585 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1588 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1589 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1590 void *data, asection *input_section,
1591 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1595 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1596 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1598 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1599 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1600 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1602 TOCstart = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section->output_section->owner);
1604 TOCstart = ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL, input_section->output_section->owner);
1606 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1607 reloc_entry->addend -= TOCstart + TOC_BASE_OFF;
1609 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1610 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
1611 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1614 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1615 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1616 void *data, asection *input_section,
1617 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1620 bfd_size_type octets;
1622 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1623 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1625 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1626 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1627 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1629 TOCstart = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section->output_section->owner);
1631 TOCstart = ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL, input_section->output_section->owner);
1633 octets = reloc_entry->address * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd);
1634 bfd_put_64 (abfd, TOCstart + TOC_BASE_OFF, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
1635 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1638 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1639 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1640 void *data, asection *input_section,
1641 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1646 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1647 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1648 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1650 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1652 insn |= bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address + 4);
1654 targ = (symbol->section->output_section->vma
1655 + symbol->section->output_offset
1656 + reloc_entry->addend);
1657 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1658 targ += symbol->value;
1659 if (reloc_entry->howto->type == R_PPC64_D34_HA30)
1661 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
1663 bfd_vma from = (reloc_entry->address
1664 + input_section->output_offset
1665 + input_section->output_section->vma);
1668 targ >>= reloc_entry->howto->rightshift;
1669 insn &= ~reloc_entry->howto->dst_mask;
1670 insn |= ((targ << 16) | (targ & 0xffff)) & reloc_entry->howto->dst_mask;
1671 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn >> 32, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1672 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address + 4);
1673 if (reloc_entry->howto->complain_on_overflow == complain_overflow_signed
1674 && (targ + (1ULL << (reloc_entry->howto->bitsize - 1))
1675 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry->howto->bitsize))
1676 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
1677 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1680 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1681 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1682 void *data, asection *input_section,
1683 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1685 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1686 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1688 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1689 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1690 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1692 if (error_message != NULL)
1694 static char buf[60];
1695 sprintf (buf, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1696 reloc_entry->howto->name);
1697 *error_message = buf;
1699 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
1702 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1703 than one got entry per symbol. */
1706 struct got_entry *next;
1708 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1711 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1712 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1713 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1714 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1715 we merge entries within the group.
1717 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1720 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1721 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1722 unsigned char tls_type;
1724 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1725 unsigned char is_indirect;
1727 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1730 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
1732 struct got_entry *ent;
1736 /* The same for PLT. */
1739 struct plt_entry *next;
1745 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
1750 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1752 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1754 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1758 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1759 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1760 asection *deleted_section;
1762 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1763 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1764 struct got_entry tlsld_got;
1768 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1769 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
1771 /* Section contents. */
1775 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1776 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1777 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc : 1;
1779 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1780 instruction not one we handle. */
1781 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn : 1;
1783 /* Set if got relocs that can be optimised are present in this file. */
1784 unsigned int has_gotrel : 1;
1787 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1788 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1790 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1791 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1793 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1794 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1795 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1797 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1800 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1802 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata),
1806 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1807 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1810 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1812 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1815 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32)
1817 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1819 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
1821 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1822 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1823 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64);
1826 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1829 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1832 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1834 size_t offset, size;
1836 if (note->descsz != 504)
1840 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1843 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 32);
1849 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1850 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1851 size, note->descpos + offset);
1855 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1857 if (note->descsz != 136)
1860 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1861 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1862 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1863 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 40, 16);
1864 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1865 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 56, 80);
1871 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type,
1881 char data[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1884 va_start (ap, note_type);
1885 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1886 strncpy (data + 40, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1887 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1889 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1890 -Wstringop-truncation:
1891 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1893 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1895 strncpy (data + 56, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1896 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1900 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1901 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1912 va_start (ap, note_type);
1913 memset (data, 0, 112);
1914 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1915 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 32);
1916 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1917 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1918 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1919 memcpy (data + 112, greg, 384);
1920 memset (data + 496, 0, 8);
1922 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1923 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1928 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1930 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections[] =
1932 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, 0 },
1933 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1934 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1935 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1936 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1937 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1938 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1941 enum _ppc64_sec_type {
1947 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1949 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
1953 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1954 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1955 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1956 struct _opd_sec_data
1958 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1959 asection **func_sec;
1961 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1965 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1966 struct _toc_sec_data
1968 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1971 /* And the relocation addend. */
1976 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type:2;
1978 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
1979 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
1980 unsigned int has_14bit_branch:1;
1982 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
1983 unsigned int has_pltcall:1;
1985 /* Flag set when section has GOT relocations that can be optimised. */
1986 unsigned int has_gotrel:1;
1989 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
1990 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
1993 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1995 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1997 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *sdata;
1998 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
2000 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2003 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2006 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2009 static struct _opd_sec_data *
2010 get_opd_info (asection * sec)
2013 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec) != NULL
2014 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->sec_type == sec_opd)
2015 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->u.opd;
2019 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2020 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable;
2021 static asection *synthetic_opd;
2023 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2026 compare_symbols (const void *ap, const void *bp)
2028 const asymbol *a = *(const asymbol **) ap;
2029 const asymbol *b = *(const asymbol **) bp;
2031 /* Section symbols first. */
2032 if ((a->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) && !(b->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM))
2034 if (!(a->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) && (b->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM))
2037 /* then .opd symbols. */
2038 if (synthetic_opd != NULL)
2040 if (strcmp (a->section->name, ".opd") == 0
2041 && strcmp (b->section->name, ".opd") != 0)
2043 if (strcmp (a->section->name, ".opd") != 0
2044 && strcmp (b->section->name, ".opd") == 0)
2048 /* then other code symbols. */
2049 if (((a->section->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
2050 == (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC))
2051 && ((b->section->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
2052 != (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC)))
2055 if (((a->section->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
2056 != (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC))
2057 && ((b->section->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
2058 == (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC)))
2061 if (synthetic_relocatable)
2063 if (a->section->id < b->section->id)
2066 if (a->section->id > b->section->id)
2070 if (a->value + a->section->vma < b->value + b->section->vma)
2073 if (a->value + a->section->vma > b->value + b->section->vma)
2076 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2077 syms over other syms. */
2078 if ((a->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0 && (b->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) == 0)
2081 if ((a->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) == 0 && (b->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0)
2084 if ((a->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0 && (b->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) == 0)
2087 if ((a->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) == 0 && (b->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
2090 if ((a->flags & BSF_WEAK) == 0 && (b->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0)
2093 if ((a->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0 && (b->flags & BSF_WEAK) == 0)
2096 if ((a->flags & BSF_DYNAMIC) != 0 && (b->flags & BSF_DYNAMIC) == 0)
2099 if ((a->flags & BSF_DYNAMIC) == 0 && (b->flags & BSF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
2105 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2108 sym_exists_at (asymbol **syms, long lo, long hi, unsigned int id, bfd_vma value)
2112 if (id == (unsigned) -1)
2116 mid = (lo + hi) >> 1;
2117 if (syms[mid]->value + syms[mid]->section->vma < value)
2119 else if (syms[mid]->value + syms[mid]->section->vma > value)
2129 mid = (lo + hi) >> 1;
2130 if (syms[mid]->section->id < id)
2132 else if (syms[mid]->section->id > id)
2134 else if (syms[mid]->value < value)
2136 else if (syms[mid]->value > value)
2146 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
2148 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
2149 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2150 && section->vma <= vma
2151 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
2154 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2155 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2156 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2159 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
2160 long static_count, asymbol **static_syms,
2161 long dyn_count, asymbol **dyn_syms,
2167 size_t symcount, codesecsym, codesecsymend, secsymend, opdsymend;
2168 asection *opd = NULL;
2169 bfd_boolean relocatable = (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0;
2171 int abi = abiversion (abfd);
2177 opd = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".opd");
2178 if (opd == NULL && abi == 1)
2190 symcount = static_count;
2192 symcount += dyn_count;
2196 syms = bfd_malloc ((symcount + 1) * sizeof (*syms));
2200 if (!relocatable && static_count != 0 && dyn_count != 0)
2202 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2203 memcpy (syms, static_syms, static_count * sizeof (*syms));
2204 memcpy (syms + static_count, dyn_syms,
2205 (dyn_count + 1) * sizeof (*syms));
2207 else if (!relocatable && static_count == 0)
2208 memcpy (syms, dyn_syms, (symcount + 1) * sizeof (*syms));
2210 memcpy (syms, static_syms, (symcount + 1) * sizeof (*syms));
2212 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2213 function, and notype symbols. */
2214 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < symcount; ++i)
2215 if ((syms[i]->flags & (BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2216 | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) == 0)
2217 syms[j++] = syms[i];
2220 synthetic_relocatable = relocatable;
2221 synthetic_opd = opd;
2222 qsort (syms, symcount, sizeof (*syms), compare_symbols);
2224 if (!relocatable && symcount > 1)
2226 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2227 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2228 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2229 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2230 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2231 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2232 for (i = 1, j = 1; i < symcount; ++i)
2234 const asymbol *s0 = syms[i - 1];
2235 const asymbol *s1 = syms[i];
2237 if ((s0->value + s0->section->vma
2238 != s1->value + s1->section->vma)
2239 || ((s0->flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION)
2240 != (s1->flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION)))
2241 syms[j++] = syms[i];
2247 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2248 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2249 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2250 to this function is the real binary. */
2251 if (strcmp (syms[i]->section->name, ".opd") == 0)
2255 for (; i < symcount; ++i)
2256 if (((syms[i]->section->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC
2257 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
2258 != (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC))
2259 || (syms[i]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
2263 for (; i < symcount; ++i)
2264 if ((syms[i]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
2268 for (; i < symcount; ++i)
2269 if (strcmp (syms[i]->section->name, ".opd") != 0)
2273 for (; i < symcount; ++i)
2274 if (((syms[i]->section->flags
2275 & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
2276 != (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC))
2284 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
2289 if (opdsymend == secsymend)
2292 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
2293 relcount = (opd->flags & SEC_RELOC) ? opd->reloc_count : 0;
2297 if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, opd, static_syms, FALSE))
2304 for (i = secsymend, r = opd->relocation; i < opdsymend; ++i)
2308 while (r < opd->relocation + relcount
2309 && r->address < syms[i]->value + opd->vma)
2312 if (r == opd->relocation + relcount)
2315 if (r->address != syms[i]->value + opd->vma)
2318 if (r->howto->type != R_PPC64_ADDR64)
2321 sym = *r->sym_ptr_ptr;
2322 if (!sym_exists_at (syms, opdsymend, symcount,
2323 sym->section->id, sym->value + r->addend))
2326 size += sizeof (asymbol);
2327 size += strlen (syms[i]->name) + 2;
2333 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
2340 names = (char *) (s + count);
2342 for (i = secsymend, r = opd->relocation; i < opdsymend; ++i)
2346 while (r < opd->relocation + relcount
2347 && r->address < syms[i]->value + opd->vma)
2350 if (r == opd->relocation + relcount)
2353 if (r->address != syms[i]->value + opd->vma)
2356 if (r->howto->type != R_PPC64_ADDR64)
2359 sym = *r->sym_ptr_ptr;
2360 if (!sym_exists_at (syms, opdsymend, symcount,
2361 sym->section->id, sym->value + r->addend))
2366 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2367 s->section = sym->section;
2368 s->value = sym->value + r->addend;
2371 len = strlen (syms[i]->name);
2372 memcpy (names, syms[i]->name, len + 1);
2374 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2375 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2376 s->udata.p = syms[i];
2383 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
2384 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
2386 size_t plt_count = 0;
2387 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0, resolv_vma = 0;
2388 asection *dynamic, *glink = NULL, *relplt = NULL;
2391 if (opd != NULL && !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, opd, &contents))
2393 free_contents_and_exit_err:
2395 free_contents_and_exit:
2402 for (i = secsymend; i < opdsymend; ++i)
2406 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2407 if (syms[i]->value > opd->size - 8)
2410 ent = bfd_get_64 (abfd, contents + syms[i]->value);
2411 if (!sym_exists_at (syms, opdsymend, symcount, -1, ent))
2414 size += sizeof (asymbol);
2415 size += strlen (syms[i]->name) + 2;
2419 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2421 && (dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")) != NULL)
2423 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
2425 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
2427 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
2428 goto free_contents_and_exit_err;
2430 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
2431 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
2434 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
2435 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
2437 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
2438 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
2440 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
2443 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC64_GLINK)
2445 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2446 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2447 glink_vma = dyn.d_un.d_val + 8 * 4;
2448 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2449 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2450 glink stubs now reside. */
2451 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma,
2462 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2463 from the first glink stub. */
2465 unsigned int off = 0;
2467 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
2468 glink_vma + off - glink->vma, 4))
2470 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
2472 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2475 = glink_vma + off + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2484 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2486 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
2489 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
2490 if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dyn_syms, TRUE))
2491 goto free_contents_and_exit_err;
2493 plt_count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
2494 size += plt_count * sizeof (asymbol);
2496 p = relplt->relocation;
2497 for (i = 0; i < plt_count; i++, p++)
2499 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
2501 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2507 goto free_contents_and_exit;
2508 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
2510 goto free_contents_and_exit_err;
2512 names = (char *) (s + count + plt_count + (resolv_vma != 0));
2514 for (i = secsymend; i < opdsymend; ++i)
2518 if (syms[i]->value > opd->size - 8)
2521 ent = bfd_get_64 (abfd, contents + syms[i]->value);
2522 if (!sym_exists_at (syms, opdsymend, symcount, -1, ent))
2526 asection *sec = abfd->sections;
2533 size_t mid = (lo + hi) >> 1;
2534 if (syms[mid]->section->vma < ent)
2536 else if (syms[mid]->section->vma > ent)
2540 sec = syms[mid]->section;
2545 if (lo >= hi && lo > codesecsym)
2546 sec = syms[lo - 1]->section;
2548 for (; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2552 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2554 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2556 if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2559 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2560 s->value = ent - s->section->vma;
2563 len = strlen (syms[i]->name);
2564 memcpy (names, syms[i]->name, len + 1);
2566 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2567 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2568 s->udata.p = syms[i];
2574 if (glink != NULL && relplt != NULL)
2578 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2579 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2581 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2583 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2585 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2586 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2587 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2592 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2593 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2594 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2595 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2596 a) finding the stubs, and,
2597 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2598 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2600 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2601 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2602 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2603 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2604 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2605 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2606 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2607 for pending shared library loads. */
2608 p = relplt->relocation;
2609 for (i = 0; i < plt_count; i++, p++)
2613 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
2614 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2615 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2616 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
2617 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
2618 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2620 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
2623 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
2624 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
2628 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2629 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2630 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
2631 names += strlen (names);
2633 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2634 names += sizeof ("@plt");
2654 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2655 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2656 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2657 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2658 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2659 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2662 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2663 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2664 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2671 The function definition in another object file might be:
2675 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2681 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2682 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2683 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2684 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2685 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2693 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2694 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2695 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2703 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2705 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2706 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2709 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2710 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2711 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2712 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2713 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2714 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2715 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2716 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2717 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2718 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2719 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2720 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2722 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2723 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2724 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2726 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2727 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2728 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2731 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2732 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type)
2737 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2738 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2739 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2740 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2748 case R_PPC64_TPREL16:
2749 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO:
2750 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI:
2751 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA:
2752 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
2753 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
2754 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH:
2755 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA:
2756 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER:
2757 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA:
2758 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST:
2759 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA:
2760 case R_PPC64_TPREL64:
2761 case R_PPC64_TPREL34:
2762 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2763 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2764 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2768 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2769 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2770 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2771 shared lib. With code that gcc generates, it's vital that this be
2772 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ABI, the address of a function is actually
2773 the address of a function descriptor, which resides in the .opd
2774 section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going via the
2775 GOT as some other ABI's do, which means that initialized function
2776 pointers must reference the descriptor. Thus, a function pointer
2777 initialized to the address of a function in a shared library will
2778 either require a copy reloc, or a dynamic reloc. Using a copy reloc
2779 redefines the function descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This
2780 presents a problem as a plt entry for that function is also
2781 initialized from the function descriptor symbol and the copy reloc
2782 may not be initialized first. */
2783 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2785 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2787 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2790 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2791 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2792 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2795 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2796 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2797 reach its destination.
2798 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2799 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r11)
2804 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2805 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2806 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2807 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2808 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2809 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2811 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2812 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2815 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2816 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2817 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2819 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2820 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2823 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2825 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2826 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r11)
2827 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2828 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2832 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2833 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2834 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2835 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2836 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2837 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2838 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2839 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2840 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2841 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2842 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2848 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2849 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2852 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2858 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2859 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2861 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2862 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2863 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2867 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2873 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2874 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2876 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2877 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2878 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2882 There are also ELFv1 powerxx variants of these stubs.
2883 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2884 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2886 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2887 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2888 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2890 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2891 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2894 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2895 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2896 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2898 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2899 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2903 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2904 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2905 For example, a powerxx ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2907 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2911 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2912 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2913 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2914 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2915 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2916 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2917 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2918 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2919 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2920 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2921 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2922 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2923 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2924 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2925 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2926 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2927 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2928 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2929 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2935 ppc_stub_long_branch,
2936 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off,
2937 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc,
2938 ppc_stub_long_branch_both, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2939 ppc_stub_plt_branch,
2940 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off,
2941 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc,
2942 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both,
2944 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save,
2945 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc,
2946 ppc_stub_plt_call_both,
2947 ppc_stub_global_entry,
2951 /* Information on stub grouping. */
2954 /* The stub section. */
2956 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
2959 struct map_stub *next;
2960 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
2963 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
2964 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
2965 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
2966 unsigned int lr_restore;
2967 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
2968 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
2969 unsigned int eh_size;
2970 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
2971 unsigned int eh_base;
2974 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
2976 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
2977 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
2979 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type;
2981 /* Group information. */
2982 struct map_stub *group;
2984 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
2985 bfd_vma stub_offset;
2987 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
2988 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
2989 bfd_vma target_value;
2990 asection *target_section;
2992 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
2993 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h;
2994 struct plt_entry *plt_ent;
2997 unsigned char symtype;
2999 /* Symbol st_other. */
3000 unsigned char other;
3003 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3005 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3006 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
3008 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3009 unsigned int offset;
3011 /* Generation marker. */
3015 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3016 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3018 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
3020 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3023 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3024 unsigned int count : 31;
3026 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3027 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
3030 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3032 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
3036 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3038 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_cache;
3040 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3041 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *next_dot_sym;
3044 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
3045 struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
3047 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3048 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *oh;
3050 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3051 unsigned int is_func:1;
3052 unsigned int is_func_descriptor:1;
3053 unsigned int fake:1;
3055 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3056 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3057 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3058 unsigned int adjust_done:1;
3060 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3061 with non-standard calling convention. */
3062 unsigned int save_res:1;
3064 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3065 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3066 unsigned int non_zero_localentry:1;
3068 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3069 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3070 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3071 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3072 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3073 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3074 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3075 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3076 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3077 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3078 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3079 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3080 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3081 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3082 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3083 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3084 unsigned char tls_mask;
3086 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3087 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3088 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3089 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3090 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3093 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3095 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3097 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
3099 /* The stub hash table. */
3100 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table;
3102 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3103 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table;
3105 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3106 htab_t tocsave_htab;
3108 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3109 struct ppc64_elf_params *params;
3111 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3112 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size;
3114 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3115 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3116 non-ppc64 sections. */
3119 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3124 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3125 struct map_stub *group;
3126 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3131 /* Linked list of groups. */
3132 struct map_stub *group;
3134 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3137 asection *toc_first_sec;
3139 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3140 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *dot_syms;
3142 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3144 asection *global_entry;
3147 asection *relpltlocal;
3150 asection *glink_eh_frame;
3152 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3153 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
3154 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr_fd;
3156 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3157 bfd_size_type got_reli_size;
3160 unsigned long stub_count[ppc_stub_global_entry];
3162 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3163 unsigned long stub_globals;
3165 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3166 unsigned int opd_abi:1;
3168 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3169 unsigned int do_multi_toc:1;
3170 unsigned int multi_toc_needed:1;
3171 unsigned int second_toc_pass:1;
3172 unsigned int do_toc_opt:1;
3174 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3175 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
3177 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3178 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
3181 unsigned int stub_error:1;
3183 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3184 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj:1;
3186 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
3187 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
3188 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
3189 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
3191 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3192 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0:1;
3194 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3195 unsigned int notoc_plt:1;
3197 /* Whether to use powerxx instructions in linkage stubs. */
3198 unsigned int powerxx_stubs:1;
3200 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3201 unsigned int stub_iteration;
3203 /* Small local sym cache. */
3204 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
3207 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3210 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3211 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3213 /* Nonzero if this section has an old-style call to __tls_get_addr. */
3214 #define has_tls_get_addr_call sec_flg1
3216 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3217 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3219 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3221 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3223 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3224 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3225 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3227 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3229 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3230 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3231 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3233 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3234 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3235 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3237 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3238 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3239 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3241 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3243 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
3244 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
3245 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
3248 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3252 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry));
3257 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3258 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
3261 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *eh;
3263 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3264 eh = (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) entry;
3265 eh->stub_type = ppc_stub_none;
3267 eh->stub_offset = 0;
3268 eh->target_value = 0;
3269 eh->target_section = NULL;
3278 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3280 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
3281 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
3282 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
3285 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3289 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry));
3294 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3295 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
3298 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *eh;
3300 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3301 eh = (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) entry;
3309 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3311 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
3312 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
3313 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
3316 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3320 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry));
3325 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3326 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
3329 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) entry;
3331 memset (&eh->u.stub_cache, 0,
3332 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry)
3333 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry, u.stub_cache)));
3335 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3336 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3337 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3338 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3340 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3341 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3343 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3345 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3346 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3347 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3349 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3351 if (string[0] == '.')
3353 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
3355 htab = (struct ppc_link_hash_table *) table;
3356 eh->u.next_dot_sym = htab->dot_syms;
3357 htab->dot_syms = eh;
3364 struct tocsave_entry
3371 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p)
3373 const struct tocsave_entry *e = (const struct tocsave_entry *) p;
3374 return ((bfd_vma) (intptr_t) e->sec ^ e->offset) >> 3;
3378 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
3380 const struct tocsave_entry *e1 = (const struct tocsave_entry *) p1;
3381 const struct tocsave_entry *e2 = (const struct tocsave_entry *) p2;
3382 return e1->sec == e2->sec && e1->offset == e2->offset;
3385 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3388 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
3390 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
3392 htab = (struct ppc_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
3393 if (htab->tocsave_htab)
3394 htab_delete (htab->tocsave_htab);
3395 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab->branch_hash_table);
3396 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab->stub_hash_table);
3397 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
3400 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3402 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
3403 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
3405 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
3406 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table);
3408 htab = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
3412 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab->elf, abfd, link_hash_newfunc,
3413 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry),
3420 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3421 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab->stub_hash_table, stub_hash_newfunc,
3422 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry)))
3424 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
3428 /* And the branch hash table. */
3429 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab->branch_hash_table, branch_hash_newfunc,
3430 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry)))
3432 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab->stub_hash_table);
3433 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
3437 htab->tocsave_htab = htab_try_create (1024,
3441 if (htab->tocsave_htab == NULL)
3443 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
3446 htab->elf.root.hash_table_free = ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free;
3448 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3449 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3450 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3451 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3452 htab->elf.init_got_refcount.refcount = 0;
3453 htab->elf.init_got_refcount.glist = NULL;
3454 htab->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
3455 htab->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
3456 htab->elf.init_got_offset.offset = 0;
3457 htab->elf.init_got_offset.glist = NULL;
3458 htab->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
3459 htab->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
3461 return &htab->elf.root;
3464 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3467 create_linkage_sections (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3469 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
3472 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
3474 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY
3475 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3476 if (htab->params->save_restore_funcs)
3478 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3479 htab->sfpr = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".sfpr",
3481 if (htab->sfpr == NULL
3482 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfpr, 2))
3486 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3489 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3490 htab->glink = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".glink",
3492 if (htab->glink == NULL
3493 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->glink, 3))
3496 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3497 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3498 htab->global_entry = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".glink",
3500 if (htab->global_entry == NULL
3501 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->global_entry, 2))
3504 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
3506 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3507 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3508 htab->glink_eh_frame = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
3511 if (htab->glink_eh_frame == NULL
3512 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->glink_eh_frame, 2))
3516 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3517 htab->elf.iplt = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".iplt", flags);
3518 if (htab->elf.iplt == NULL
3519 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->elf.iplt, 3))
3522 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
3523 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3525 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rela.iplt", flags);
3526 if (htab->elf.irelplt == NULL
3527 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->elf.irelplt, 3))
3530 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3531 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
3532 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3533 htab->brlt = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".branch_lt",
3535 if (htab->brlt == NULL
3536 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->brlt, 3))
3539 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3541 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".branch_lt",
3543 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
3544 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->pltlocal, 3))
3547 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3550 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
3551 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3553 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
3554 if (htab->relbrlt == NULL
3555 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->relbrlt, 3))
3559 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
3560 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
3561 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->relpltlocal, 3))
3567 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3570 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3571 struct ppc64_elf_params *params)
3573 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
3575 elf_elfheader (params->stub_bfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = ELFCLASS64;
3577 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3578 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3579 the start of the output TOC section. */
3580 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
3581 htab->elf.dynobj = params->stub_bfd;
3582 htab->params = params;
3584 return create_linkage_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info);
3587 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3590 ppc_stub_name (const asection *input_section,
3591 const asection *sym_sec,
3592 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h,
3593 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
3598 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3599 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3600 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3601 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff) == rel->r_addend);
3605 len = 8 + 1 + strlen (h->elf.root.root.string) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3606 stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
3607 if (stub_name == NULL)
3610 len = sprintf (stub_name, "%08x.%s+%x",
3611 input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
3612 h->elf.root.root.string,
3613 (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
3617 len = 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3618 stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
3619 if (stub_name == NULL)
3622 len = sprintf (stub_name, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3623 input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
3624 sym_sec->id & 0xffffffff,
3625 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info) & 0xffffffff,
3626 (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
3628 if (len > 2 && stub_name[len - 2] == '+' && stub_name[len - 1] == '0')
3629 stub_name[len - 2] = 0;
3633 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3634 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3636 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *
3637 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection *input_section,
3638 const asection *sym_sec,
3639 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h,
3640 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
3641 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab)
3643 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
3644 struct map_stub *group;
3646 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3647 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3648 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3649 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3650 distinguish between them. */
3651 group = htab->sec_info[input_section->id].u.group;
3655 if (h != NULL && h->u.stub_cache != NULL
3656 && h->u.stub_cache->h == h
3657 && h->u.stub_cache->group == group)
3659 stub_entry = h->u.stub_cache;
3665 stub_name = ppc_stub_name (group->link_sec, sym_sec, h, rel);
3666 if (stub_name == NULL)
3669 stub_entry = ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->stub_hash_table,
3670 stub_name, FALSE, FALSE);
3672 h->u.stub_cache = stub_entry;
3680 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3681 stub entry are initialised. */
3683 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *
3684 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name,
3686 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3688 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
3689 struct map_stub *group;
3692 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
3694 group = htab->sec_info[section->id].u.group;
3695 link_sec = group->link_sec;
3696 stub_sec = group->stub_sec;
3697 if (stub_sec == NULL)
3703 namelen = strlen (link_sec->name);
3704 len = namelen + sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX);
3705 s_name = bfd_alloc (htab->params->stub_bfd, len);
3709 memcpy (s_name, link_sec->name, namelen);
3710 memcpy (s_name + namelen, STUB_SUFFIX, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX));
3711 stub_sec = (*htab->params->add_stub_section) (s_name, link_sec);
3712 if (stub_sec == NULL)
3714 group->stub_sec = stub_sec;
3717 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3718 stub_entry = ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->stub_hash_table, stub_name,
3720 if (stub_entry == NULL)
3722 /* xgettext:c-format */
3723 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3724 section->owner, stub_name);
3728 stub_entry->group = group;
3729 stub_entry->stub_offset = 0;
3733 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3734 not already done. */
3737 create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3739 asection *got, *relgot;
3741 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
3743 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd))
3749 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3752 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
3753 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3755 got = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
3757 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, got, 3))
3760 relgot = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.got",
3761 flags | SEC_READONLY);
3763 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, relgot, 3))
3766 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->got = got;
3767 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->relgot = relgot;
3771 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3773 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry *
3774 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
3776 while (h->type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3777 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3782 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry *
3783 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3785 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) follow_link (&h->root);
3788 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry *
3789 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h)
3791 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) follow_link (&h->elf.root);
3794 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3797 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *from,
3798 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *to)
3800 if (from->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
3802 if (to->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
3804 struct plt_entry **entp;
3805 struct plt_entry *ent;
3807 for (entp = &from->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
3809 struct plt_entry *dent;
3811 for (dent = to->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
3812 if (dent->addend == ent->addend)
3814 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
3821 *entp = to->elf.plt.plist;
3824 to->elf.plt.plist = from->elf.plt.plist;
3825 from->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
3829 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3832 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3833 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
3834 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
3836 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
3838 edir = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) dir;
3839 eind = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) ind;
3841 edir->is_func |= eind->is_func;
3842 edir->is_func_descriptor |= eind->is_func_descriptor;
3843 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
3844 if (eind->oh != NULL)
3845 edir->oh = ppc_follow_link (eind->oh);
3847 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
3848 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
3849 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
3850 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
3851 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
3852 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
3853 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
3855 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3856 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3857 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3858 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3859 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3861 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
3864 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3865 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
3867 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
3869 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
3870 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3872 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3873 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3874 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3876 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
3878 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
3879 if (q->sec == p->sec)
3881 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
3882 q->count += p->count;
3889 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
3892 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
3893 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3896 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3897 symbol which just became indirect. */
3898 if (eind->elf.got.glist != NULL)
3900 if (edir->elf.got.glist != NULL)
3902 struct got_entry **entp;
3903 struct got_entry *ent;
3905 for (entp = &eind->elf.got.glist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
3907 struct got_entry *dent;
3909 for (dent = edir->elf.got.glist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
3910 if (dent->addend == ent->addend
3911 && dent->owner == ent->owner
3912 && dent->tls_type == ent->tls_type)
3914 dent->got.refcount += ent->got.refcount;
3921 *entp = edir->elf.got.glist;
3924 edir->elf.got.glist = eind->elf.got.glist;
3925 eind->elf.got.glist = NULL;
3928 /* And plt entries. */
3929 move_plt_plist (eind, edir);
3931 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
3933 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
3934 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
3935 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
3936 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
3937 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
3938 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
3939 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
3943 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
3944 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
3946 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry *
3947 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh, struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab)
3949 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh = fh->oh;
3953 const char *fd_name = fh->elf.root.root.string + 1;
3955 fdh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *)
3956 elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, fd_name, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3960 fdh->is_func_descriptor = 1;
3966 fdh = ppc_follow_link (fdh);
3967 fdh->is_func_descriptor = 1;
3972 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
3974 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry *
3975 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3976 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh)
3978 bfd *abfd = fh->elf.root.u.undef.abfd;
3979 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3980 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh;
3981 flagword flags = (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3985 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, abfd,
3986 fh->elf.root.root.string + 1,
3987 flags, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
3988 NULL, FALSE, FALSE, &bh))
3991 fdh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3992 fdh->elf.non_elf = 0;
3994 fdh->is_func_descriptor = 1;
4001 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4005 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *ibfd,
4006 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4007 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
4009 flagword *flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4014 && strcmp ((*sec)->name, ".opd") == 0)
4018 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4019 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_FUNC))
4020 isym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym->st_info), STT_FUNC);
4022 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4023 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4024 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
4025 && (*sec)->reloc_count != 0
4026 && opd_entry_value (*sec, *value, &code_sec, NULL,
4027 FALSE) != (bfd_vma) -1
4028 && discarded_section (code_sec))
4030 *sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4031 isym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
4034 else if (*sec != NULL
4035 && strcmp ((*sec)->name, ".toc") == 0
4036 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_OBJECT)
4038 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
4040 htab->params->object_in_toc = 1;
4043 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK & isym->st_other) != 0)
4045 if (abiversion (ibfd) == 0)
4046 set_abiversion (ibfd, 2);
4047 else if (abiversion (ibfd) == 1)
4049 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4050 " for ABI version 1"), *name);
4051 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4059 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4062 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4063 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
4064 bfd_boolean definition,
4065 bfd_boolean dynamic)
4067 if (definition && (!dynamic || !h->def_regular))
4068 h->other = ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4069 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other));
4072 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4073 we now have a real symbol. */
4076 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4077 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
4078 asection **psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4079 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4080 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4081 bfd *oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4082 const asection *oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4084 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->fake = 0;
4085 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK & isym->st_other) != 0)
4086 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->non_zero_localentry = 1;
4090 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4091 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4092 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4093 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4095 static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
4096 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd *abfd,
4097 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4100 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4104 h = _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd, info, name);
4106 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4107 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4108 && !((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->fake)
4114 len = strlen (name);
4115 dot_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
4116 if (dot_name == NULL)
4117 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) -1;
4119 memcpy (dot_name + 1, name, len + 1);
4120 h = _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd, info, dot_name);
4121 bfd_release (abfd, dot_name);
4125 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4126 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4127 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4128 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4129 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4130 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4131 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4132 function entry symbol is used. */
4135 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4137 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
4138 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh;
4140 if (eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4141 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) eh->elf.root.u.i.link;
4143 if (eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
4146 if (eh->elf.root.root.string[0] != '.')
4149 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
4153 fdh = lookup_fdh (eh, htab);
4155 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
4156 && (eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
4157 || eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4158 && eh->elf.ref_regular)
4160 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4161 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4163 fdh = make_fdh (info, eh);
4170 unsigned entry_vis = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->elf.other) - 1;
4171 unsigned descr_vis = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh->elf.other) - 1;
4173 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4174 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4175 if (entry_vis < descr_vis)
4176 fdh->elf.other += entry_vis - descr_vis;
4177 else if (entry_vis > descr_vis)
4178 eh->elf.other += descr_vis - entry_vis;
4180 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4181 descriptor symbol. */
4182 fdh->elf.root.non_ir_ref_regular |= eh->elf.root.non_ir_ref_regular;
4183 fdh->elf.root.non_ir_ref_dynamic |= eh->elf.root.non_ir_ref_dynamic;
4184 fdh->elf.ref_regular |= eh->elf.ref_regular;
4185 fdh->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eh->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
4187 if (!fdh->elf.forced_local
4188 && fdh->elf.dynindx == -1
4189 && fdh->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden
4190 && (bfd_link_dll (info)
4191 || fdh->elf.def_dynamic
4192 || fdh->elf.ref_dynamic)
4193 && (eh->elf.ref_regular
4194 || eh->elf.def_regular))
4196 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, &fdh->elf))
4204 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4205 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4208 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4210 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
4211 struct ppc_link_hash_entry **p, *eh;
4212 asection *opd = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".opd");
4214 if (opd != NULL && opd->size != 0)
4216 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd)->sec_type == sec_normal);
4217 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd)->sec_type = sec_opd;
4219 if (abiversion (ibfd) == 0)
4220 set_abiversion (ibfd, 1);
4221 else if (abiversion (ibfd) >= 2)
4223 /* xgettext:c-format */
4224 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4225 ibfd, abiversion (ibfd));
4226 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4231 if (is_ppc64_elf (info->output_bfd))
4233 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4234 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4235 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4236 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4237 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4238 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4239 if (abiversion (info->output_bfd) == 0)
4240 set_abiversion (info->output_bfd, abiversion (ibfd));
4241 else if (abiversion (ibfd) == 0)
4242 set_abiversion (ibfd, abiversion (info->output_bfd));
4245 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
4249 if (opd != NULL && opd->size != 0
4250 && (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0
4251 && (opd->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
4252 && opd->reloc_count != 0
4253 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd->output_section)
4254 && info->gc_sections)
4256 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4257 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4258 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4259 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4260 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4261 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4262 information about the associated function section. */
4264 asection **opd_sym_map;
4265 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4266 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, *rel_end, *rel;
4268 amt = OPD_NDX (opd->size) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map);
4269 opd_sym_map = bfd_zalloc (ibfd, amt);
4270 if (opd_sym_map == NULL)
4272 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd)->u.opd.func_sec = opd_sym_map;
4273 relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, opd, NULL, NULL,
4277 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4278 rel_end = relocs + opd->reloc_count - 1;
4279 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
4281 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4282 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4284 if (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR64
4285 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel + 1)->r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC
4286 && r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4288 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4291 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, ibfd, r_symndx);
4294 if (elf_section_data (opd)->relocs != relocs)
4299 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, isym->st_shndx);
4300 if (s != NULL && s != opd)
4301 opd_sym_map[OPD_NDX (rel->r_offset)] = s;
4304 if (elf_section_data (opd)->relocs != relocs)
4308 p = &htab->dot_syms;
4309 while ((eh = *p) != NULL)
4312 if (&eh->elf == htab->elf.hgot)
4314 else if (htab->elf.hgot == NULL
4315 && strcmp (eh->elf.root.root.string, ".TOC.") == 0)
4316 htab->elf.hgot = &eh->elf;
4317 else if (abiversion (ibfd) <= 1)
4319 htab->need_func_desc_adj = 1;
4320 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh, info))
4323 p = &eh->u.next_dot_sym;
4328 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4329 not to be needed. */
4332 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd *ibfd,
4333 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4334 enum notice_asneeded_action act)
4336 if (act == notice_not_needed)
4338 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
4343 htab->dot_syms = NULL;
4345 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd, info, act);
4348 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4349 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4352 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4354 if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
4355 && (sec->owner->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) != 0
4356 && is_ppc64_elf (sec->owner))
4358 if (abiversion (sec->owner) >= 2
4359 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec->owner, ".opd") != NULL)
4360 sec->has_toc_reloc = 1;
4362 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec, info);
4365 static struct plt_entry **
4366 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
4367 unsigned long r_symndx, bfd_vma r_addend, int tls_type)
4369 struct got_entry **local_got_ents = elf_local_got_ents (abfd);
4370 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4371 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
4373 if (local_got_ents == NULL)
4375 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4377 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_ents)
4378 + sizeof (*local_plt)
4379 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
4380 local_got_ents = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
4381 if (local_got_ents == NULL)
4383 elf_local_got_ents (abfd) = local_got_ents;
4386 if ((tls_type & (NON_GOT | TLS_EXPLICIT)) == 0)
4388 struct got_entry *ent;
4390 for (ent = local_got_ents[r_symndx]; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4391 if (ent->addend == r_addend
4392 && ent->owner == abfd
4393 && ent->tls_type == tls_type)
4397 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent);
4398 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4401 ent->next = local_got_ents[r_symndx];
4402 ent->addend = r_addend;
4404 ent->tls_type = tls_type;
4405 ent->is_indirect = FALSE;
4406 ent->got.refcount = 0;
4407 local_got_ents[r_symndx] = ent;
4409 ent->got.refcount += 1;
4412 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_ents + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4413 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4414 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
4416 return local_plt + r_symndx;
4420 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist, bfd_vma addend)
4422 struct plt_entry *ent;
4424 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4425 if (ent->addend == addend)
4429 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent);
4430 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4434 ent->addend = addend;
4435 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
4438 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
4443 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type)
4445 return (r_type == R_PPC64_REL24
4446 || r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4447 || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14
4448 || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4449 || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4450 || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR24
4451 || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14
4452 || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4453 || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4454 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4455 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC);
4458 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4461 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type)
4463 return (r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4464 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4465 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4466 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4467 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4468 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4469 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4470 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC);
4473 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4474 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4475 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4478 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4479 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
4481 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
4482 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4483 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4484 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
4485 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
4487 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga, *dottga;
4490 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4493 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
4494 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
4495 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
4496 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
4497 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
4498 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
4499 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
4502 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd));
4504 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
4508 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4509 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4510 dottga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, ".__tls_get_addr",
4511 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4512 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
4513 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
4515 is_opd = ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->sec_type == sec_opd;
4516 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
4517 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
4519 unsigned long r_symndx;
4520 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4521 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
4523 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *ppc64_sec;
4524 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
4527 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4528 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4532 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4533 h = elf_follow_link (h);
4535 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
4536 sec->has_toc_reloc = 1;
4541 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4545 case R_PPC64_D34_LO:
4546 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30:
4547 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30:
4549 case R_PPC64_TPREL34:
4550 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34:
4551 htab->powerxx_stubs = 1;
4554 /* Somewhat foolishly, because the ABIs don't specifically
4555 allow it, ppc64 gas and ld support GOT and PLT relocs
4556 with non-zero addends where the addend results in
4557 sym+addend being stored in the GOT or PLT entry. This
4558 can't be supported for pcrel relocs because the addend is
4559 used to specify the pcrel offset. */
4560 sym_addend = rel->r_addend;
4563 case R_PPC64_PCREL34:
4564 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34:
4565 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34:
4566 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34:
4567 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34:
4568 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34:
4569 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34:
4570 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC:
4571 case R_PPC64_PCREL28:
4572 htab->powerxx_stubs = 1;
4578 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4581 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
4586 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
4591 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4593 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
4595 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
4605 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4606 its parameter symbol. */
4608 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
4610 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
4612 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4614 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
4617 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16:
4618 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4619 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4620 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4621 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34:
4622 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
4625 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16:
4626 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4627 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4628 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4629 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34:
4630 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
4633 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS:
4634 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS:
4635 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4636 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4637 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34:
4638 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
4639 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
4640 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
4643 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS:
4644 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
4645 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
4646 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
4647 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34:
4648 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
4650 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
4653 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
4654 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
4655 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34:
4656 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gotrel = 1;
4657 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->has_gotrel = 1;
4660 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
4662 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI:
4663 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO:
4665 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4666 sec->has_toc_reloc = 1;
4667 if (r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4668 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4669 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4670 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4671 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT16
4672 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT16_DS)
4674 htab->do_multi_toc = 1;
4675 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_small_toc_reloc = 1;
4678 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->got == NULL
4679 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
4684 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh;
4685 struct got_entry *ent;
4687 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
4688 for (ent = eh->elf.got.glist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4689 if (ent->addend == sym_addend
4690 && ent->owner == abfd
4691 && ent->tls_type == tls_type)
4695 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent);
4696 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4699 ent->next = eh->elf.got.glist;
4700 ent->addend = sym_addend;
4702 ent->tls_type = tls_type;
4703 ent->is_indirect = FALSE;
4704 ent->got.refcount = 0;
4705 eh->elf.got.glist = ent;
4707 ent->got.refcount += 1;
4708 eh->tls_mask |= tls_type;
4711 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4712 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
4713 sym_addend, tls_type))
4716 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
4718 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info) && abiversion (abfd) != 1)
4720 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, sym_addend))
4725 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA:
4726 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI:
4727 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO:
4728 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
4729 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34:
4730 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC:
4733 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4738 if (h->root.root.string[0] == '.'
4739 && h->root.root.string[1] != '\0')
4740 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_func = 1;
4741 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
4742 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
4744 if (plt_list == NULL)
4745 plt_list = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
4747 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
4748 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, plt_list, sym_addend))
4752 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4753 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4754 section relative. */
4755 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF:
4756 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO:
4757 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI:
4758 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA:
4759 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
4760 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
4761 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16:
4762 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO:
4763 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI:
4764 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA:
4765 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
4766 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
4767 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH:
4768 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA:
4769 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER:
4770 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA:
4771 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST:
4772 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA:
4777 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO:
4778 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI:
4779 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA:
4780 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH:
4781 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA:
4782 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER:
4783 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA:
4784 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST:
4785 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA:
4786 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34:
4787 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34:
4788 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34:
4789 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34:
4790 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA:
4793 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4794 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL:
4795 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4797 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table[R_PPC64_ADDR32])
4799 /* xgettext:c-format */
4800 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4801 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4802 abfd, sec, rel->r_offset,
4803 ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
4804 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4810 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
4811 htab->do_multi_toc = 1;
4812 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_small_toc_reloc = 1;
4814 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
4815 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI:
4816 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
4817 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
4818 sec->has_toc_reloc = 1;
4825 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4826 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4827 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4828 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
4832 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4833 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4834 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY:
4835 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
4840 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN:
4841 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
4843 asection *dest = NULL;
4845 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4846 we are going to need a stub. */
4849 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4850 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4851 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
4852 dest = h->root.u.def.section;
4856 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4858 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
4863 dest = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
4867 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->has_14bit_branch = 1;
4871 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL:
4872 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC:
4873 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->has_pltcall = 1;
4877 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC:
4883 if (h->root.root.string[0] == '.'
4884 && h->root.root.string[1] != '\0')
4885 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_func = 1;
4887 if (h == tga || h == dottga)
4889 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
4891 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4892 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC64_TLSLD))
4893 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4897 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4898 sec->has_tls_get_addr_call = 1;
4900 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
4903 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
4904 refers to is in a shared lib. */
4906 && !update_plt_info (abfd, plt_list, sym_addend))
4910 case R_PPC64_ADDR14:
4911 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
4912 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
4913 case R_PPC64_ADDR24:
4916 case R_PPC64_TPREL64:
4917 tls_type = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
4918 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
4919 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
4922 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64:
4923 if (rel + 1 < rel_end
4924 && rel[1].r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_DTPREL64)
4925 && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 8)
4926 tls_type = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
4928 tls_type = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
4931 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64:
4932 tls_type = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
4934 && rel[-1].r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64)
4935 && rel[-1].r_offset == rel->r_offset - 8)
4936 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
4937 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
4941 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
4944 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh;
4945 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
4946 eh->tls_mask |= tls_type & 0xff;
4949 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
4950 sym_addend, tls_type))
4953 ppc64_sec = ppc64_elf_section_data (sec);
4954 if (ppc64_sec->sec_type != sec_toc)
4958 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
4959 amt = sec->size * sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
4960 ppc64_sec->u.toc.symndx = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4961 if (ppc64_sec->u.toc.symndx == NULL)
4963 amt = sec->size * sizeof (bfd_vma) / 8;
4964 ppc64_sec->u.toc.add = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4965 if (ppc64_sec->u.toc.add == NULL)
4967 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec->sec_type == sec_normal);
4968 ppc64_sec->sec_type = sec_toc;
4970 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset % 8 == 0);
4971 ppc64_sec->u.toc.symndx[rel->r_offset / 8] = r_symndx;
4972 ppc64_sec->u.toc.add[rel->r_offset / 8] = sym_addend;
4974 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
4975 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
4976 if (tls_type == (TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
4977 ppc64_sec->u.toc.symndx[rel->r_offset / 8 + 1] = -1;
4978 else if (tls_type == (TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
4979 ppc64_sec->u.toc.symndx[rel->r_offset / 8 + 1] = -2;
4982 case R_PPC64_TPREL16:
4983 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO:
4984 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI:
4985 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA:
4986 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
4987 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
4988 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH:
4989 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA:
4990 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER:
4991 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA:
4992 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST:
4993 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA:
4994 case R_PPC64_TPREL34:
4995 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
4996 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
4999 case R_PPC64_ADDR64:
5001 && rel + 1 < rel_end
5002 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel + 1)->r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC)
5005 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_func = 1;
5009 case R_PPC64_ADDR16:
5010 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
5011 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA:
5012 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI:
5013 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH:
5014 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA:
5015 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER:
5016 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA:
5017 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST:
5018 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA:
5019 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO:
5020 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
5022 case R_PPC64_D34_LO:
5023 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30:
5024 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30:
5025 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34:
5026 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34:
5027 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34:
5028 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34:
5030 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info) && abiversion (abfd) != 1
5031 && rel->r_addend == 0)
5033 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5034 function in a shared lib. */
5035 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, 0))
5037 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
5044 case R_PPC64_ADDR32:
5045 case R_PPC64_UADDR16:
5046 case R_PPC64_UADDR32:
5047 case R_PPC64_UADDR64:
5049 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
5050 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5053 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5054 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS && is_opd)
5057 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5058 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5059 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5060 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5061 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5062 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5063 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5064 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5065 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5066 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5067 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5068 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5069 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5070 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5071 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5074 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5075 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5076 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5079 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
5080 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
5082 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
5083 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5084 || !h->def_regular))))
5085 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5086 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5088 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5089 || !h->def_regular))
5090 || (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5093 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5094 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5098 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5099 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 3, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5105 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5106 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5109 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5110 struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
5112 head = &((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
5114 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
5116 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
5126 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
5131 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5132 We really need local syms available to do this
5134 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5135 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **head;
5136 bfd_boolean is_ifunc;
5139 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5141 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
5146 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
5150 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
5151 head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
5152 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
5154 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
5156 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
5158 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
5164 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
5180 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5181 object file when linking. */
5184 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5186 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
5187 unsigned long iflags, oflags;
5189 if ((ibfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
5192 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd))
5195 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
5198 iflags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
5199 oflags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
5201 if (iflags & ~EF_PPC64_ABI)
5204 /* xgettext:c-format */
5205 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd, iflags);
5206 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5209 else if (iflags != oflags && iflags != 0)
5212 /* xgettext:c-format */
5213 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5214 ibfd, iflags, oflags);
5215 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5219 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
5222 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5223 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
5227 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
5229 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5230 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
5232 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags != 0)
5236 fprintf (file, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5237 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
5239 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC64_ABI) != 0)
5240 fprintf (file, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5241 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC64_ABI);
5248 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5249 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5250 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5253 opd_entry_value (asection *opd_sec,
5255 asection **code_sec,
5257 bfd_boolean in_code_sec)
5259 bfd *opd_bfd = opd_sec->owner;
5260 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
5261 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi, *look;
5264 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5265 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5266 if (opd_sec->reloc_count == 0)
5268 bfd_byte *contents = ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd)->opd.contents;
5270 if (contents == NULL)
5272 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd, opd_sec, &contents))
5273 return (bfd_vma) -1;
5274 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd)->opd.contents = contents;
5277 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5278 if (offset + 7 >= opd_sec->size || offset + 7 < offset)
5279 return (bfd_vma) -1;
5281 val = bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd, contents + offset);
5282 if (code_sec != NULL)
5284 asection *sec, *likely = NULL;
5290 && val < sec->vma + sec->size)
5296 for (sec = opd_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
5298 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
5299 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5304 if (code_off != NULL)
5305 *code_off = val - likely->vma;
5311 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd));
5313 relocs = ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd)->opd.relocs;
5315 relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd, opd_sec, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
5316 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5318 return (bfd_vma) -1;
5320 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5322 hi = lo + opd_sec->reloc_count - 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5326 look = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
5327 if (look->r_offset < offset)
5329 else if (look->r_offset > offset)
5333 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd);
5335 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look->r_info) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5336 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look + 1)->r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC)
5338 unsigned long symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (look->r_info);
5339 asection *sec = NULL;
5341 if (symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info
5342 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd) != NULL)
5344 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5345 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rh;
5347 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd);
5348 rh = sym_hashes[symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5351 rh = elf_follow_link (rh);
5352 if (rh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
5353 && rh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5355 if (rh->root.u.def.section->owner == opd_bfd)
5357 val = rh->root.u.def.value;
5358 sec = rh->root.u.def.section;
5365 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5367 if (symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5369 sym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5372 size_t symcnt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5373 sym = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5378 symtab_hdr->contents = (bfd_byte *) sym;
5384 sym = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5390 sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd, sym->st_shndx);
5393 BFD_ASSERT ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) == 0);
5394 val = sym->st_value;
5397 val += look->r_addend;
5398 if (code_off != NULL)
5400 if (code_sec != NULL)
5402 if (in_code_sec && *code_sec != sec)
5407 if (sec->output_section != NULL)
5408 val += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5417 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5418 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5419 otherwise return zero. */
5421 static bfd_size_type
5422 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
5427 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
5428 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0)
5432 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
5433 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
5435 if (strcmp (sym->section->name, ".opd") == 0)
5437 struct _opd_sec_data *opd = get_opd_info (sym->section);
5438 bfd_vma symval = sym->value;
5441 && opd->adjust != NULL
5442 && elf_section_data (sym->section)->relocs != NULL)
5444 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5445 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5446 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5447 long adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (symval)];
5453 if (opd_entry_value (sym->section, symval,
5454 &sec, code_off, TRUE) == (bfd_vma) -1)
5456 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5457 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5458 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5459 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5460 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5461 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5462 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5463 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5464 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5465 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5466 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5467 disable caching for such functions. */
5473 if (sym->section != sec)
5475 *code_off = sym->value;
5482 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5483 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5484 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5487 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5490 && h->type == STT_FUNC
5491 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5492 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK & h->other) == 0
5493 && !((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->non_zero_localentry
5494 && is_ppc64_elf (h->root.u.def.section->owner)
5495 && abiversion (h->root.u.def.section->owner) >= 2);
5498 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5501 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5503 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5504 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5505 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
5506 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
5509 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5510 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5512 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry *
5513 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh)
5515 if (fdh->is_func_descriptor)
5517 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh = ppc_follow_link (fdh->oh);
5518 if (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5519 || fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5525 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5526 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5528 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry *
5529 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh)
5532 && fh->oh->is_func_descriptor)
5534 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh = ppc_follow_link (fh->oh);
5535 if (fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5536 || fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5542 static bfd_boolean func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
5544 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5547 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5549 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
5551 if (htab != NULL && htab->need_func_desc_adj)
5553 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, func_desc_adjust, info);
5554 htab->need_func_desc_adj = 0;
5556 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd, info);
5559 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5562 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5564 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
5565 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
5570 for (sym = info->gc_sym_list; sym != NULL; sym = sym->next)
5572 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh, *fh;
5575 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *)
5576 elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, sym->name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5579 if (eh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
5580 && eh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5583 fh = defined_code_entry (eh);
5586 sec = fh->elf.root.u.def.section;
5587 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5589 else if (get_opd_info (eh->elf.root.u.def.section) != NULL
5590 && opd_entry_value (eh->elf.root.u.def.section,
5591 eh->elf.root.u.def.value,
5592 &sec, NULL, FALSE) != (bfd_vma) -1)
5593 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5595 sec = eh->elf.root.u.def.section;
5596 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5600 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5601 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5605 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5607 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
5608 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
5609 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh;
5610 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d = info->dynamic_list;
5612 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5613 fdh = defined_func_desc (eh);
5617 if ((eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5618 || eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5619 && ((eh->elf.ref_dynamic && !eh->elf.forced_local)
5620 || ((eh->elf.def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh->elf))
5621 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->elf.other) != STV_INTERNAL
5622 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->elf.other) != STV_HIDDEN
5623 && (!bfd_link_executable (info)
5624 || info->gc_keep_exported
5625 || info->export_dynamic
5628 && (*d->match) (&d->head, NULL,
5629 eh->elf.root.root.string)))
5630 && (eh->elf.versioned >= versioned
5631 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info->version_info,
5632 eh->elf.root.root.string)))))
5635 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh;
5637 eh->elf.root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5639 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5640 function code sym section to be marked. */
5641 fh = defined_code_entry (eh);
5644 code_sec = fh->elf.root.u.def.section;
5645 code_sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5647 else if (get_opd_info (eh->elf.root.u.def.section) != NULL
5648 && opd_entry_value (eh->elf.root.u.def.section,
5649 eh->elf.root.u.def.value,
5650 &code_sec, NULL, FALSE) != (bfd_vma) -1)
5651 code_sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5657 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5661 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5662 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5663 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5664 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5665 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5669 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5670 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5672 if (get_opd_info (sec) != NULL)
5677 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
5678 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh, *fh, *fdh;
5680 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5683 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5684 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY:
5688 switch (h->root.type)
5690 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
5691 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
5692 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
5693 fdh = defined_func_desc (eh);
5696 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5697 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5698 against garbage collection. */
5700 if (fdh->elf.is_weakalias)
5701 weakdef (&fdh->elf)->mark = 1;
5705 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5706 function code sym section to be marked. */
5707 fh = defined_code_entry (eh);
5710 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5711 eh->elf.root.u.def.section->gc_mark = 1;
5713 rsec = fh->elf.root.u.def.section;
5715 else if (get_opd_info (eh->elf.root.u.def.section) != NULL
5716 && opd_entry_value (eh->elf.root.u.def.section,
5717 eh->elf.root.u.def.value,
5718 &rsec, NULL, FALSE) != (bfd_vma) -1)
5719 eh->elf.root.u.def.section->gc_mark = 1;
5721 rsec = h->root.u.def.section;
5724 case bfd_link_hash_common:
5725 rsec = h->root.u.c.p->section;
5729 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5735 struct _opd_sec_data *opd;
5737 rsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
5738 opd = get_opd_info (rsec);
5739 if (opd != NULL && opd->func_sec != NULL)
5743 rsec = opd->func_sec[OPD_NDX (sym->st_value + rel->r_addend)];
5750 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5751 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5753 struct sfpr_def_parms
5755 const char name[12];
5756 unsigned char lo, hi;
5757 bfd_byte *(*write_ent) (bfd *, bfd_byte *, int);
5758 bfd_byte *(*write_tail) (bfd *, bfd_byte *, int);
5761 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5762 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5766 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5767 const struct sfpr_def_parms *parm,
5770 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
5772 size_t len = strlen (parm->name);
5773 bfd_boolean writing = FALSE;
5779 memcpy (sym, parm->name, len);
5782 for (i = parm->lo; i <= parm->hi; i++)
5784 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h;
5786 sym[len + 0] = i / 10 + '0';
5787 sym[len + 1] = i % 10 + '0';
5788 h = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *)
5789 elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, sym, writing, TRUE, TRUE);
5790 if (stub_sec != NULL)
5793 && h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5794 && h->elf.root.u.def.section == htab->sfpr)
5796 struct elf_link_hash_entry *s;
5798 sprintf (buf, "%08x.%s", stub_sec->id & 0xffffffff, sym);
5799 s = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, buf, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE);
5802 if (s->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
5803 || (s->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined
5804 && s->root.u.def.section == stub_sec))
5806 s->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5807 s->root.u.def.section = stub_sec;
5808 s->root.u.def.value = (stub_sec->size - htab->sfpr->size
5809 + h->elf.root.u.def.value);
5812 s->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5813 s->forced_local = 1;
5815 s->root.linker_def = 1;
5823 if (!h->elf.def_regular)
5825 h->elf.root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5826 h->elf.root.u.def.section = htab->sfpr;
5827 h->elf.root.u.def.value = htab->sfpr->size;
5828 h->elf.type = STT_FUNC;
5829 h->elf.def_regular = 1;
5831 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->elf, TRUE);
5833 if (htab->sfpr->contents == NULL)
5835 htab->sfpr->contents
5836 = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, SFPR_MAX);
5837 if (htab->sfpr->contents == NULL)
5844 bfd_byte *p = htab->sfpr->contents + htab->sfpr->size;
5846 p = (*parm->write_ent) (htab->elf.dynobj, p, i);
5848 p = (*parm->write_tail) (htab->elf.dynobj, p, i);
5849 htab->sfpr->size = p - htab->sfpr->contents;
5857 savegpr0 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5859 bfd_put_32 (abfd, STD_R0_0R1 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p);
5864 savegpr0_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5866 p = savegpr0 (abfd, p, r);
5867 bfd_put_32 (abfd, STD_R0_0R1 + STK_LR, p);
5869 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p);
5874 restgpr0 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5876 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R0_0R1 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p);
5881 restgpr0_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5883 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R0_0R1 + STK_LR, p);
5885 p = restgpr0 (abfd, p, r);
5886 bfd_put_32 (abfd, MTLR_R0, p);
5890 p = restgpr0 (abfd, p, 30);
5891 p = restgpr0 (abfd, p, 31);
5893 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p);
5898 savegpr1 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5900 bfd_put_32 (abfd, STD_R0_0R12 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p);
5905 savegpr1_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5907 p = savegpr1 (abfd, p, r);
5908 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p);
5913 restgpr1 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5915 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R0_0R12 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p);
5920 restgpr1_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5922 p = restgpr1 (abfd, p, r);
5923 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p);
5928 savefpr (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5930 bfd_put_32 (abfd, STFD_FR0_0R1 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p);
5935 savefpr0_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5937 p = savefpr (abfd, p, r);
5938 bfd_put_32 (abfd, STD_R0_0R1 + STK_LR, p);
5940 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p);
5945 restfpr (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5947 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LFD_FR0_0R1 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p);
5952 restfpr0_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5954 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R0_0R1 + STK_LR, p);
5956 p = restfpr (abfd, p, r);
5957 bfd_put_32 (abfd, MTLR_R0, p);
5961 p = restfpr (abfd, p, 30);
5962 p = restfpr (abfd, p, 31);
5964 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p);
5969 savefpr1_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5971 p = savefpr (abfd, p, r);
5972 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p);
5977 restfpr1_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5979 p = restfpr (abfd, p, r);
5980 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p);
5985 savevr (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5987 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LI_R12_0 + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 16, p);
5989 bfd_put_32 (abfd, STVX_VR0_R12_R0 + (r << 21), p);
5994 savevr_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
5996 p = savevr (abfd, p, r);
5997 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p);
6002 restvr (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
6004 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LI_R12_0 + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 16, p);
6006 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LVX_VR0_R12_R0 + (r << 21), p);
6011 restvr_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r)
6013 p = restvr (abfd, p, r);
6014 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p);
6018 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6019 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6020 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6023 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
6025 struct bfd_link_info *info;
6026 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
6027 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh;
6028 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh;
6029 bfd_boolean force_local;
6031 fh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
6032 if (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
6038 if (fh->elf.root.root.string[0] != '.'
6039 || fh->elf.root.root.string[1] == '\0')
6043 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
6047 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6048 fdh = lookup_fdh (fh, htab);
6050 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6051 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6052 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6053 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6054 if ((fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6055 || fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6056 && (fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6057 || fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6058 && get_opd_info (fdh->elf.root.u.def.section) != NULL
6059 && opd_entry_value (fdh->elf.root.u.def.section,
6060 fdh->elf.root.u.def.value,
6061 &fh->elf.root.u.def.section,
6062 &fh->elf.root.u.def.value, FALSE) != (bfd_vma) -1)
6064 fh->elf.root.type = fdh->elf.root.type;
6065 fh->elf.forced_local = 1;
6066 fh->elf.def_regular = fdh->elf.def_regular;
6067 fh->elf.def_dynamic = fdh->elf.def_dynamic;
6070 if (!fh->elf.dynamic)
6072 struct plt_entry *ent;
6074 for (ent = fh->elf.plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
6075 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
6081 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6083 && !bfd_link_executable (info)
6084 && (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6085 || fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
6087 fdh = make_fdh (info, fh);
6092 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6095 && (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6096 || fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
6097 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &fdh->elf, TRUE);
6099 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6102 fdh->elf.ref_regular |= fh->elf.ref_regular;
6103 fdh->elf.ref_dynamic |= fh->elf.ref_dynamic;
6104 fdh->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= fh->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
6105 fdh->elf.non_got_ref |= fh->elf.non_got_ref;
6106 fdh->elf.dynamic |= fh->elf.dynamic;
6107 fdh->elf.needs_plt |= (fh->elf.needs_plt
6108 || fh->elf.type == STT_FUNC
6109 || fh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
6110 move_plt_plist (fh, fdh);
6112 if (!fdh->elf.forced_local
6113 && fh->elf.dynindx != -1)
6114 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, &fdh->elf))
6118 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6119 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6120 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6121 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6122 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6123 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6124 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6125 force_local = (!fh->elf.def_regular
6127 || !fdh->elf.def_regular
6128 || fdh->elf.forced_local);
6129 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &fh->elf, force_local);
6134 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs[] =
6136 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0, savegpr0_tail },
6137 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0, restgpr0_tail },
6138 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0, restgpr0_tail },
6139 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1, savegpr1_tail },
6140 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1, restgpr1_tail },
6141 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr, savefpr0_tail },
6142 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr, restfpr0_tail },
6143 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr, restfpr0_tail },
6144 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr, savefpr1_tail },
6145 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr, restfpr1_tail },
6146 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr, savevr_tail },
6147 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr, restvr_tail }
6150 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6151 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6152 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6153 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6156 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6157 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6159 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
6161 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
6165 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6166 if (htab->sfpr != NULL)
6170 htab->sfpr->size = 0;
6171 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs); i++)
6172 if (!sfpr_define (info, &save_res_funcs[i], NULL))
6174 if (htab->sfpr->size == 0)
6175 htab->sfpr->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
6178 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
6181 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6183 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, htab->elf.hgot, TRUE);
6184 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6185 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6186 if (!htab->elf.hgot->def_regular
6187 || htab->elf.hgot->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6189 htab->elf.hgot->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
6190 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = 0;
6191 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6192 htab->elf.hgot->def_regular = 1;
6193 htab->elf.hgot->root.linker_def = 1;
6195 htab->elf.hgot->type = STT_OBJECT;
6196 htab->elf.hgot->other
6197 = (htab->elf.hgot->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
6200 if (htab->need_func_desc_adj)
6202 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, func_desc_adjust, info);
6203 htab->need_func_desc_adj = 0;
6209 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
6212 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6214 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh;
6215 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
6217 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
6218 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6220 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
6222 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
6228 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6229 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6230 size_dynamic_sections. */
6233 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6235 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh;
6237 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
6240 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
6242 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) eh->elf.u.alias;
6244 while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
6249 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6252 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh)
6254 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
6256 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6257 if (p->pc_count != 0)
6262 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6263 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6266 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6268 struct plt_entry *pent;
6270 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6274 for (pent = h->plt.plist; pent != NULL; pent = pent->next)
6275 if (pent->plt.refcount > 0
6276 && pent->addend == 0)
6282 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6283 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6284 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6285 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6289 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6290 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6292 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
6295 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
6299 /* Deal with function syms. */
6300 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
6301 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6304 bfd_boolean local = (((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->save_res
6305 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
6306 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
6307 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6308 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6309 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6310 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6311 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6312 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6313 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6314 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6316 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
6317 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
6319 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6321 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6322 won't need a .plt entry. */
6323 struct plt_entry *ent;
6324 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
6325 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
6328 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
6330 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6331 || (((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask
6332 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
6334 h->plt.plist = NULL;
6336 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
6338 else if (abiversion (info->output_bfd) >= 2)
6340 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6341 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6342 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6343 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6344 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6345 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6346 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6347 if (global_entry_stub (h))
6349 if (!readonly_dynrelocs (h))
6351 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
6352 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6353 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6355 h->plt.plist = NULL;
6357 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
6358 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6359 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6360 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6363 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6366 else if (!h->needs_plt
6367 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
6369 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6370 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6371 h->plt.plist = NULL;
6372 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
6377 h->plt.plist = NULL;
6379 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6380 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6381 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6382 if (h->is_weakalias)
6384 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
6385 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
6386 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
6387 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
6388 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
6389 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
6390 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6394 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6395 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6396 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6397 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6398 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6401 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6402 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6403 if (!h->non_got_ref)
6406 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6407 if (!h->def_dynamic || !h->ref_regular || h->def_regular
6409 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6410 || info->nocopyreloc
6412 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6413 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6414 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
6416 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6417 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6418 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6419 to an incorrect program. */
6420 || h->protected_def)
6423 if (h->plt.plist != NULL)
6425 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are versions
6426 of gcc out there that improperly (for this ABI) put initialized
6427 function pointers, vtable refs and suchlike in read-only
6428 sections. Allow them to proceed, but warn that this might
6429 break at runtime. */
6430 info->callbacks->einfo
6431 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6432 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6433 h->root.root.string);
6436 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6437 is not a function. */
6439 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6440 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6441 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6442 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6443 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6444 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6445 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6446 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6447 same memory location for the variable. */
6448 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
6450 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
6451 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
6455 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
6456 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
6458 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
6460 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6461 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6462 and into the runtime process image. */
6463 srel->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
6467 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6468 ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6469 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
6472 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6473 sym and the descriptor. */
6475 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6476 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6477 bfd_boolean force_local)
6479 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh;
6480 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, force_local);
6482 if (ppc_hash_table (info) == NULL)
6485 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
6486 if (eh->is_func_descriptor)
6488 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh = eh->oh;
6493 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
6496 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6497 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6498 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6499 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6500 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6501 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6502 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6503 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6505 p = eh->elf.root.root.string - 1;
6508 fh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *)
6509 elf_link_hash_lookup (htab, p, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
6512 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6513 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6514 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6515 reason the lookup should fail. */
6518 q = eh->elf.root.root.string + strlen (eh->elf.root.root.string);
6519 while (q >= eh->elf.root.root.string && *q == *p)
6521 if (q < eh->elf.root.root.string && *p == '.')
6522 fh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *)
6523 elf_link_hash_lookup (htab, p, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
6532 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &fh->elf, force_local);
6537 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
6538 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
6540 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
6541 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
6542 unsigned long r_symndx,
6545 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
6547 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6549 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
6550 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6552 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6553 h = elf_follow_link (h);
6561 if (symsecp != NULL)
6563 asection *symsec = NULL;
6564 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6565 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6566 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
6570 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
6572 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh;
6574 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
6575 *tls_maskp = &eh->tls_mask;
6580 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6581 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
6583 if (locsyms == NULL)
6585 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
6586 if (locsyms == NULL)
6587 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
6588 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
6589 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
6590 if (locsyms == NULL)
6592 *locsymsp = locsyms;
6594 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
6602 if (symsecp != NULL)
6603 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
6605 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
6607 struct got_entry **lgot_ents;
6608 unsigned char *tls_mask;
6611 lgot_ents = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd);
6612 if (lgot_ents != NULL)
6614 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6615 (lgot_ents + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6616 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
6617 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6618 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
6620 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
6626 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6627 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6628 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6631 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp,
6632 unsigned long *toc_symndx,
6633 bfd_vma *toc_addend,
6634 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
6635 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6638 unsigned long r_symndx;
6640 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6641 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6645 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6646 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sec, tls_maskp, locsymsp, r_symndx, ibfd))
6649 if ((*tls_maskp != NULL
6650 && (**tls_maskp & TLS_TLS) != 0
6651 && **tls_maskp != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
6653 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec) == NULL
6654 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->sec_type != sec_toc)
6657 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6660 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
6661 off = h->root.u.def.value;
6664 off = sym->st_value;
6665 off += rel->r_addend;
6666 BFD_ASSERT (off % 8 == 0);
6667 r_symndx = ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->u.toc.symndx[off / 8];
6668 next_r = ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->u.toc.symndx[off / 8 + 1];
6669 if (toc_symndx != NULL)
6670 *toc_symndx = r_symndx;
6671 if (toc_addend != NULL)
6672 *toc_addend = ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->u.toc.add[off / 8];
6673 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sec, tls_maskp, locsymsp, r_symndx, ibfd))
6675 if ((h == NULL || is_static_defined (h))
6676 && (next_r == -1 || next_r == -2))
6681 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6683 static struct tocsave_entry *
6684 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab,
6685 enum insert_option insert,
6686 Elf_Internal_Sym **local_syms,
6687 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irela,
6690 unsigned long r_indx;
6691 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6692 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6693 struct tocsave_entry ent, *p;
6695 struct tocsave_entry **slot;
6697 r_indx = ELF64_R_SYM (irela->r_info);
6698 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &ent.sec, NULL, local_syms, r_indx, ibfd))
6700 if (ent.sec == NULL || ent.sec->output_section == NULL)
6703 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd);
6708 ent.offset = h->root.u.def.value;
6710 ent.offset = sym->st_value;
6711 ent.offset += irela->r_addend;
6713 hash = tocsave_htab_hash (&ent);
6714 slot = ((struct tocsave_entry **)
6715 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->tocsave_htab, &ent, hash, insert));
6721 p = (struct tocsave_entry *) bfd_alloc (ibfd, sizeof (*p));
6730 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6731 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6734 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6736 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh;
6738 struct _opd_sec_data *opd;
6740 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
6743 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
6744 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6747 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
6748 if (eh->adjust_done)
6751 sym_sec = eh->elf.root.u.def.section;
6752 opd = get_opd_info (sym_sec);
6753 if (opd != NULL && opd->adjust != NULL)
6755 long adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (eh->elf.root.u.def.value)];
6758 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6759 asection *dsec = ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec->owner)->deleted_section;
6762 for (dsec = sym_sec->owner->sections; dsec; dsec = dsec->next)
6763 if (discarded_section (dsec))
6765 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec->owner)->deleted_section = dsec;
6769 eh->elf.root.u.def.value = 0;
6770 eh->elf.root.u.def.section = dsec;
6773 eh->elf.root.u.def.value += adjust;
6774 eh->adjust_done = 1;
6779 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6780 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6781 have already been determined. */
6784 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info,
6786 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6787 Elf_Internal_Sym **local_syms,
6788 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6789 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6791 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
6792 asection *sym_sec = NULL;
6794 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6795 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6796 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info);
6802 case R_PPC64_TPREL16:
6803 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO:
6804 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI:
6805 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA:
6806 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
6807 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
6808 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH:
6809 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA:
6810 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER:
6811 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA:
6812 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST:
6813 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA:
6814 case R_PPC64_TPREL64:
6815 case R_PPC64_TPREL34:
6816 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64:
6817 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64:
6818 case R_PPC64_ADDR64:
6822 case R_PPC64_ADDR14:
6823 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
6824 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
6825 case R_PPC64_ADDR16:
6826 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
6827 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA:
6828 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI:
6829 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH:
6830 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA:
6831 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER:
6832 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA:
6833 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST:
6834 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA:
6835 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO:
6836 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
6837 case R_PPC64_ADDR24:
6838 case R_PPC64_ADDR32:
6839 case R_PPC64_UADDR16:
6840 case R_PPC64_UADDR32:
6841 case R_PPC64_UADDR64:
6844 case R_PPC64_D34_LO:
6845 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30:
6846 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30:
6847 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34:
6848 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34:
6849 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34:
6850 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34:
6855 if (local_syms != NULL)
6857 unsigned long r_symndx;
6858 bfd *ibfd = sec->owner;
6860 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (r_info);
6861 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, local_syms, r_symndx, ibfd))
6865 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
6866 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
6868 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
6869 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6870 || !h->def_regular))))
6871 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6872 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
6874 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6875 || !h->def_regular)))
6882 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
6883 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
6884 pp = &((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6886 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
6887 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
6888 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
6889 report a dynreloc miscount. */
6890 if (*pp == NULL && info->gc_sections)
6893 while ((p = *pp) != NULL)
6897 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
6909 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
6910 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **pp;
6912 bfd_boolean is_ifunc;
6914 if (local_syms == NULL)
6915 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
6916 if (sym_sec == NULL)
6919 vpp = &elf_section_data (sym_sec)->local_dynrel;
6920 pp = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6922 if (*pp == NULL && info->gc_sections)
6925 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
6926 while ((p = *pp) != NULL)
6928 if (p->sec == sec && p->ifunc == is_ifunc)
6939 /* xgettext:c-format */
6940 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
6942 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6946 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
6947 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
6948 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
6949 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
6953 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6956 bfd_boolean some_edited = FALSE;
6957 asection *need_pad = NULL;
6958 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
6960 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
6964 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
6967 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
6968 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6969 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
6970 struct _opd_sec_data *opd;
6971 bfd_boolean need_edit, add_aux_fields, broken;
6972 bfd_size_type cnt_16b = 0;
6974 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
6977 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".opd");
6978 if (sec == NULL || sec->size == 0)
6981 if (sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
6984 if (sec->output_section == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
6987 /* Look through the section relocs. */
6988 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
6992 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
6994 /* Read the relocations. */
6995 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
6997 if (relstart == NULL)
7000 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7001 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7005 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
7006 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; )
7008 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
7009 unsigned long r_symndx;
7011 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7012 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7015 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7016 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7018 offset = rel->r_offset;
7019 if (rel + 1 == relend
7020 || rel[1].r_offset != offset + 8)
7022 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7023 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7024 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7025 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7026 optimization for them! */
7029 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd);
7034 if ((r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7035 || (r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel + 1)->r_info)) != R_PPC64_TOC)
7038 /* xgettext:c-format */
7039 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7045 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7046 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
7050 if (sym_sec == NULL || sym_sec->owner == NULL)
7052 const char *sym_name;
7054 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7056 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
7060 /* xgettext:c-format */
7061 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7067 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7068 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7069 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7070 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7071 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7072 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7073 which we test for via the output_section. */
7074 if (sym_sec->owner != ibfd
7075 || sym_sec->output_section == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
7079 if (rel + 1 == relend
7080 || (rel + 2 < relend
7081 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[2].r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC))
7086 if (sec->size == offset + 24)
7091 if (sec->size == offset + 16)
7098 else if (rel + 1 < relend
7099 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[0].r_info) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7100 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC)
7102 if (rel[0].r_offset == offset + 16)
7104 else if (rel[0].r_offset != offset + 24)
7111 add_aux_fields = htab->params->non_overlapping_opd && cnt_16b > 0;
7113 if (!broken && (need_edit || add_aux_fields))
7115 Elf_Internal_Rela *write_rel;
7116 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7117 bfd_byte *rptr, *wptr;
7118 bfd_byte *new_contents;
7121 new_contents = NULL;
7122 amt = OPD_NDX (sec->size) * sizeof (long);
7123 opd = &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->u.opd;
7124 opd->adjust = bfd_zalloc (sec->owner, amt);
7125 if (opd->adjust == NULL)
7128 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7129 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7130 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7131 the third word of .opd entries. */
7132 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) == 0)
7135 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd, sec, &loc))
7140 if (local_syms != NULL
7141 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
7143 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
7147 sec->contents = loc;
7148 sec->flags |= (SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7151 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = relstart;
7153 new_contents = sec->contents;
7156 new_contents = bfd_malloc (sec->size + cnt_16b * 8);
7157 if (new_contents == NULL)
7161 wptr = new_contents;
7162 rptr = sec->contents;
7163 write_rel = relstart;
7164 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; )
7166 unsigned long r_symndx;
7168 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7169 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh = NULL;
7170 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7172 Elf_Internal_Rela *next_rel;
7175 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7176 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
7181 if (next_rel + 1 == relend
7182 || (next_rel + 2 < relend
7183 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel[2].r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC))
7186 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7187 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7190 if (next_rel == relend)
7192 if (sec->size == rel->r_offset + 16)
7195 else if (next_rel->r_offset == rel->r_offset + 16)
7199 && h->root.root.string[0] == '.')
7201 fdh = ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->oh;
7204 fdh = ppc_follow_link (fdh);
7205 if (fdh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
7206 && fdh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7211 skip = (sym_sec->owner != ibfd
7212 || sym_sec->output_section == bfd_abs_section_ptr);
7215 if (fdh != NULL && sym_sec->owner == ibfd)
7217 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7219 fdh->elf.root.u.def.value = 0;
7220 fdh->elf.root.u.def.section = sym_sec;
7222 opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (rel->r_offset)] = -1;
7224 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS || bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7229 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel->r_info, sec, info,
7233 if (++rel == next_rel)
7236 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7237 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
7244 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7249 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7250 this location in the opd section. It is
7251 necessary to update the value here rather
7252 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7253 for local symbols, because various places
7254 in the generic ELF code use the value
7255 stored in u.def.value. */
7256 fdh->elf.root.u.def.value = wptr - new_contents;
7257 fdh->adjust_done = 1;
7260 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7261 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7262 we'd need to look through the local syms
7263 for the function descriptor sym which we
7264 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7265 array of adjustments. */
7266 adjust = (wptr - new_contents) - (rptr - sec->contents);
7267 opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (rel->r_offset)] = adjust;
7270 memcpy (wptr, rptr, opd_ent_size);
7271 wptr += opd_ent_size;
7272 if (add_aux_fields && opd_ent_size == 16)
7274 memset (wptr, '\0', 8);
7278 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7280 for ( ; rel != next_rel; ++rel)
7282 rel->r_offset += adjust;
7283 if (write_rel != rel)
7284 memcpy (write_rel, rel, sizeof (*rel));
7289 rptr += opd_ent_size;
7292 sec->size = wptr - new_contents;
7293 sec->reloc_count = write_rel - relstart;
7296 free (sec->contents);
7297 sec->contents = new_contents;
7300 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7301 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7302 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec);
7303 rel_hdr->sh_size = sec->reloc_count * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
7306 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
7309 if (local_syms != NULL
7310 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
7312 if (!info->keep_memory)
7315 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
7320 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), adjust_opd_syms, NULL);
7322 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7323 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7324 if (need_pad != NULL && !bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7328 if ((need_pad->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) == 0)
7330 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad->size > 0);
7332 p = bfd_malloc (need_pad->size + 8);
7336 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad->owner, need_pad,
7337 p, 0, need_pad->size))
7340 need_pad->contents = p;
7341 need_pad->flags |= (SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7345 p = bfd_realloc (need_pad->contents, need_pad->size + 8);
7349 need_pad->contents = p;
7352 memset (need_pad->contents + need_pad->size, 0, 8);
7353 need_pad->size += 8;
7359 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7360 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7363 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
7365 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
7368 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
7370 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
7374 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7375 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7376 between the call and its destination. */
7377 if (htab->params->group_size < 0)
7379 limit = -htab->params->group_size;
7385 limit = htab->params->group_size;
7392 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7393 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
7395 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
7397 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
7398 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
7401 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7402 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7404 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
7406 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
7410 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7411 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7412 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7413 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7414 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7415 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7416 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7417 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7418 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7419 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7420 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7421 together except their symbol. */
7423 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
7425 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7426 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
7428 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
7432 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
7434 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7435 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->has_pltcall
7436 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
7438 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
7440 /* Read the relocations. */
7441 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
7443 if (relstart == NULL)
7446 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
7447 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; )
7449 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
7450 unsigned long r_symndx;
7452 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7453 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7454 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
7456 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7457 if (r_type != R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7458 && r_type != R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC)
7461 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7462 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
7465 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
7467 if (local_syms != NULL
7468 && symtab_hdr->contents != (bfd_byte *) local_syms)
7473 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
7477 to = h->root.u.def.value;
7480 to += (rel->r_addend
7481 + sym_sec->output_offset
7482 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
7483 from = (rel->r_offset
7484 + sec->output_offset
7485 + sec->output_section->vma);
7486 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit
7487 && !(r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7488 && (((h ? h->other : sym->st_other)
7489 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK)
7490 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT)))
7491 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
7494 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
7498 if (local_syms != NULL
7499 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
7501 if (!info->keep_memory)
7504 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
7511 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7514 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info *info)
7516 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
7518 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
7522 if (abiversion (info->output_bfd) == 1)
7525 if (htab->params->no_multi_toc)
7526 htab->do_multi_toc = 0;
7527 else if (!htab->do_multi_toc)
7528 htab->params->no_multi_toc = 1;
7530 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7531 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7532 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7533 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7534 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7535 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7536 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7537 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7538 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7539 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7540 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7541 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7542 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7543 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7544 if (htab->params->plt_localentry0 < 0)
7545 htab->params->plt_localentry0 = 0;
7546 if (htab->params->plt_localentry0
7547 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "GLIBC_2.26",
7548 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE) == NULL)
7550 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7551 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7553 htab->tls_get_addr = ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *)
7554 elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, ".__tls_get_addr",
7555 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE));
7556 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7557 if (htab->tls_get_addr != NULL)
7558 func_desc_adjust (&htab->tls_get_addr->elf, info);
7559 htab->tls_get_addr_fd = ((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *)
7560 elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
7561 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE));
7562 if (htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt)
7564 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *opt_fd, *tga, *tga_fd;
7566 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7567 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7569 func_desc_adjust (opt, info);
7570 opt_fd = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7571 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7573 && (opt_fd->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7574 || opt_fd->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
7576 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7577 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7578 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7579 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7580 tga_fd = &htab->tls_get_addr_fd->elf;
7581 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7583 && (tga_fd->type == STT_FUNC
7584 || tga_fd->needs_plt)
7585 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga_fd)
7586 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga_fd)))
7588 struct plt_entry *ent;
7590 for (ent = tga_fd->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
7591 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
7595 tga_fd->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
7596 tga_fd->root.u.i.link = &opt_fd->root;
7597 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt_fd, tga_fd);
7599 if (opt_fd->dynindx != -1)
7601 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7602 opt_fd->dynindx = -1;
7603 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
7604 opt_fd->dynstr_index);
7605 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt_fd))
7608 htab->tls_get_addr_fd
7609 = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) opt_fd;
7610 tga = &htab->tls_get_addr->elf;
7611 if (opt != NULL && tga != NULL)
7613 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
7614 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
7615 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
7617 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, opt,
7619 htab->tls_get_addr = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) opt;
7621 htab->tls_get_addr_fd->oh = htab->tls_get_addr;
7622 htab->tls_get_addr_fd->is_func_descriptor = 1;
7623 if (htab->tls_get_addr != NULL)
7625 htab->tls_get_addr->oh = htab->tls_get_addr_fd;
7626 htab->tls_get_addr->is_func = 1;
7631 else if (htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt < 0)
7632 htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt = 0;
7634 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info->output_bfd, info);
7637 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7641 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
7642 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7643 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry *hash1,
7644 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry *hash2)
7646 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
7647 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7648 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7650 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
7652 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
7653 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7655 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
7656 h = elf_follow_link (h);
7657 if (h == &hash1->elf || h == &hash2->elf)
7663 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7664 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7665 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7666 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7667 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7668 dynamic relocations. */
7671 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info *info)
7675 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
7676 unsigned char *toc_ref;
7679 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
7682 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
7686 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7687 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7688 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7689 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7690 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7691 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7692 and plt refcounts. */
7694 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
7695 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
7697 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = NULL;
7698 asection *toc = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".toc");
7700 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7701 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
7703 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
7704 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg = 0;
7706 /* Read the relocations. */
7707 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
7709 if (relstart == NULL)
7715 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
7716 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
7718 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
7719 unsigned long r_symndx;
7720 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7721 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7723 unsigned char *tls_mask;
7724 unsigned int tls_set, tls_clear, tls_type = 0;
7726 bfd_boolean ok_tprel, is_local;
7727 long toc_ref_index = 0;
7728 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
7729 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
7731 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7732 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_mask, &locsyms,
7736 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
7738 if (toc_ref != NULL)
7741 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd).contents
7742 != (unsigned char *) locsyms))
7749 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7750 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7751 value = h->root.u.def.value;
7752 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
7756 found_tls_get_addr_arg = 0;
7761 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
7762 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
7763 value = sym->st_value;
7772 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
7774 else if (sym_sec != NULL
7775 && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
7777 value += sym_sec->output_offset;
7778 value += sym_sec->output_section->vma;
7779 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
7780 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
7781 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
7782 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
7783 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
7784 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
7786 ok_tprel = value + 0x80008000ULL < 1ULL << 32;
7790 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7791 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
7792 without marker relocs, then check that each
7793 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
7794 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
7795 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
7796 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
7798 && sec->has_tls_get_addr_call
7800 && (h == &htab->tls_get_addr->elf
7801 || h == &htab->tls_get_addr_fd->elf)
7802 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
7803 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
7805 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
7806 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
7807 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
7812 found_tls_get_addr_arg = 0;
7815 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16:
7816 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7817 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34:
7818 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
7819 found_tls_get_addr_arg = 1;
7822 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7823 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7824 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
7825 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
7826 that turns out to be the case. */
7833 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7836 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16:
7837 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7838 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34:
7839 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
7840 found_tls_get_addr_arg = 1;
7843 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7844 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7850 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
7852 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7855 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34:
7856 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS:
7857 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS:
7858 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7859 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7864 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
7865 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7872 if (rel + 1 < relend
7873 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7876 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)
7878 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)
7879 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC))
7881 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
7882 if (!get_sym_h (&h, NULL, NULL, NULL, &locsyms,
7887 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
7889 for (ent = h->plt.plist;
7892 if (ent->addend == rel[1].r_addend)
7896 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
7897 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
7902 found_tls_get_addr_arg = 1;
7907 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
7908 if (sym_sec == NULL || sym_sec != toc)
7911 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
7912 code sequence. We can do that now in the
7913 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
7914 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
7915 if (toc_ref == NULL)
7917 = bfd_zmalloc (toc->output_section->rawsize / 8);
7918 if (toc_ref == NULL)
7922 value = h->root.u.def.value;
7924 value = sym->st_value;
7925 value += rel->r_addend;
7928 BFD_ASSERT (value < toc->size
7929 && toc->output_offset % 8 == 0);
7930 toc_ref_index = (value + toc->output_offset) / 8;
7931 if (r_type == R_PPC64_TLS
7932 || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSGD
7933 || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSLD)
7935 toc_ref[toc_ref_index] = 1;
7939 if (pass != 0 && toc_ref[toc_ref_index] == 0)
7944 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
7947 case R_PPC64_TPREL64:
7951 || !toc_ref[(rel->r_offset + toc->output_offset) / 8])
7956 tls_set = TLS_EXPLICIT;
7957 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
7962 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64:
7966 || !toc_ref[(rel->r_offset + toc->output_offset) / 8])
7968 if (rel + 1 < relend
7970 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_DTPREL64))
7971 && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 8)
7975 tls_set = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_GD;
7978 tls_set = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_GD | TLS_GDIE;
7987 tls_set = TLS_EXPLICIT;
7998 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
7999 || !sec->has_tls_get_addr_call)
8002 if (rel + 1 < relend
8003 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
8005 htab->tls_get_addr_fd))
8007 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 2)
8009 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8010 unsigned char *toc_tls;
8013 retval = get_tls_mask (&toc_tls, NULL, NULL,
8018 if (toc_tls != NULL)
8020 if ((*toc_tls & TLS_TLS) != 0
8021 && ((*toc_tls & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0))
8022 found_tls_get_addr_arg = 1;
8024 toc_ref[toc_ref_index] = 1;
8030 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8031 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8032 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8033 the entire optimization. */
8034 /* xgettext:c-format */
8035 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8036 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8037 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
8042 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8043 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8044 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8045 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8046 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8047 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8048 Disable optimization in this case. */
8049 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
8050 && (tls_set & TLS_EXPLICIT) == 0
8051 && !sec->has_tls_get_addr_call
8052 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
8053 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
8056 if (expecting_tls_get_addr)
8058 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
8060 if (htab->tls_get_addr != NULL)
8061 for (ent = htab->tls_get_addr->elf.plt.plist;
8064 if (ent->addend == 0)
8067 if (ent == NULL && htab->tls_get_addr_fd != NULL)
8068 for (ent = htab->tls_get_addr_fd->elf.plt.plist;
8071 if (ent->addend == 0)
8075 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
8076 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
8082 if ((tls_set & TLS_EXPLICIT) == 0)
8084 struct got_entry *ent;
8086 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8090 ent = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd)[r_symndx];
8092 for (; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
8093 if (ent->addend == rel->r_addend
8094 && ent->owner == ibfd
8095 && ent->tls_type == tls_type)
8102 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8103 if (ent->got.refcount > 0)
8104 ent->got.refcount -= 1;
8109 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8110 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8111 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel->r_info, sec, info,
8115 if (tls_set == (TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_GD))
8117 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel + 1)->r_info, sec, info,
8123 *tls_mask |= tls_set & 0xff;
8124 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
8127 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
8132 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd).contents != (unsigned char *) locsyms))
8134 if (!info->keep_memory)
8137 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd).contents = (unsigned char *) locsyms;
8141 if (toc_ref != NULL)
8143 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
8147 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8148 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8149 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8150 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8151 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8153 struct adjust_toc_info
8156 unsigned long *skip;
8157 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms;
8160 enum toc_skip_enum { ref_from_discarded = 1, can_optimize = 2 };
8163 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8165 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh;
8166 struct adjust_toc_info *toc_inf = (struct adjust_toc_info *) inf;
8169 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
8170 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8173 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
8174 if (eh->adjust_done)
8177 if (eh->elf.root.u.def.section == toc_inf->toc)
8179 if (eh->elf.root.u.def.value > toc_inf->toc->rawsize)
8180 i = toc_inf->toc->rawsize >> 3;
8182 i = eh->elf.root.u.def.value >> 3;
8184 if ((toc_inf->skip[i] & (ref_from_discarded | can_optimize)) != 0)
8187 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh->elf.root.root.string);
8190 while ((toc_inf->skip[i] & (ref_from_discarded | can_optimize)) != 0);
8191 eh->elf.root.u.def.value = (bfd_vma) i << 3;
8194 eh->elf.root.u.def.value -= toc_inf->skip[i];
8195 eh->adjust_done = 1;
8197 else if (strcmp (eh->elf.root.u.def.section->name, ".toc") == 0)
8198 toc_inf->global_toc_syms = TRUE;
8203 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8204 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8207 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type)
8209 return ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8210 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8211 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8212 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8213 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8214 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8215 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8216 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8217 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8218 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8219 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8220 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8221 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8222 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8223 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8224 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8225 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8226 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8227 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8228 will need testing too. */
8229 && r_type != R_PPC64_TOC16_LO && r_type != R_PPC64_GOT16_LO)
8230 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8232 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8233 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8234 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8235 && r_type != R_PPC64_TOC16_LO && r_type != R_PPC64_GOT16_LO)
8236 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8237 && (insn & 1) == 0));
8240 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8241 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8246 may be translated to
8247 pload/pstore rt,symbol@pcrel
8249 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8250 the prefix insn in *PINSN1 and a NOP in *PINSN2.
8252 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8253 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8254 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8257 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1, uint64_t *pinsn2)
8259 uint32_t insn2 = *pinsn2 >> 32;
8262 /* Check that regs match. */
8263 if (((insn2 >> 16) & 31) != ((*pinsn1 >> 21) & 31))
8266 switch ((insn2 >> 26) & 63)
8282 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8283 on the insn. Check that the D field is zero. */
8284 if ((insn2 & 0xffff) != 0)
8286 i1new = ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8287 | (insn2 & ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8290 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8291 if ((insn2 & 0xfffd) != 0)
8293 i1new = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8294 | (insn2 & 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8295 | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21)));
8298 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8299 if ((insn2 & 0xfffc) != 0 || (insn2 & 3) < 2)
8301 i1new = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8302 | ((40ULL | (insn2 & 3)) << 26)
8303 | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21)));
8306 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8307 if ((insn2 & 3) == 0)
8309 else if ((insn2 & 3) >= 2)
8311 if ((insn2 & 0xfffc) != 0)
8313 i1new = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8314 | ((44ULL | (insn2 & 3)) << 26)
8315 | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21)));
8319 if ((insn2 & 0xfff0) != 0)
8321 i1new = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8322 | ((50ULL | (insn2 & 4) | ((insn2 & 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8323 | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21)));
8328 if ((insn2 & 0xffff) != 0)
8330 i1new = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8331 | (insn2 & ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8334 case 62: /* std, stq */
8335 if ((insn2 & 0xfffd) != 0)
8337 i1new = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8338 | ((insn2 & 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8339 | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21)));
8344 *pinsn2 = (uint64_t) NOP << 32;
8348 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8349 unused .toc entries. */
8352 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info *info)
8355 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf;
8356 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
8358 htab->do_toc_opt = 1;
8359 toc_inf.global_toc_syms = TRUE;
8360 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
8362 asection *toc, *sec;
8363 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8364 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
8365 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *toc_relocs;
8366 unsigned long *skip, *drop;
8367 unsigned char *used;
8368 unsigned char *keep, last, some_unused;
8370 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
8373 toc = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".toc");
8376 || toc->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8377 || discarded_section (toc))
8382 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
8384 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8387 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
8389 if (sec->reloc_count == 0
8390 || !discarded_section (sec)
8391 || get_opd_info (sec)
8392 || (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8393 || (sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
8396 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
8397 if (relstart == NULL)
8400 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8402 for (rel = relstart; rel < relstart + sec->reloc_count; ++rel)
8404 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
8405 unsigned long r_symndx;
8407 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8408 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8411 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
8418 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
8419 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI:
8420 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
8421 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
8422 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
8426 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
8427 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
8435 val = h->root.u.def.value;
8437 val = sym->st_value;
8438 val += rel->r_addend;
8440 if (val >= toc->size)
8443 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8444 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8450 skip = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip) * (toc->size + 15) / 8);
8455 skip[val >> 3] = ref_from_discarded;
8458 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
8462 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8463 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8464 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8466 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8467 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8468 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8469 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8471 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_small_toc_reloc
8472 && toc->output_section->rawsize < (bfd_vma) 1 << 31
8473 && toc->reloc_count != 0)
8475 /* Read toc relocs. */
8476 toc_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, toc, NULL, NULL,
8478 if (toc_relocs == NULL)
8481 for (rel = toc_relocs; rel < toc_relocs + toc->reloc_count; ++rel)
8483 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
8484 unsigned long r_symndx;
8486 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8487 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8490 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
8491 if (r_type != R_PPC64_ADDR64)
8494 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
8495 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
8500 || sym_sec->output_section == NULL
8501 || discarded_section (sym_sec))
8504 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8509 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
8511 val = h->root.u.def.value;
8515 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
8517 val = sym->st_value;
8519 val += rel->r_addend;
8520 val += sym_sec->output_section->vma + sym_sec->output_offset;
8522 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8523 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8524 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8525 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8526 addr = toc->output_section->vma + TOC_BASE_OFF;
8527 if (val - addr + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma) 1 << 32)
8530 addr = toc->output_section->vma + toc->output_section->rawsize;
8531 if (val - addr + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma) 1 << 32)
8536 skip = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip) * (toc->size + 15) / 8);
8541 skip[rel->r_offset >> 3]
8542 |= can_optimize | ((rel - toc_relocs) << 2);
8549 used = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used) * (toc->size + 7) / 8);
8553 if (local_syms != NULL
8554 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
8558 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
8560 if (toc_relocs != NULL
8561 && elf_section_data (toc)->relocs != toc_relocs)
8568 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8569 Check the toc itself last. */
8570 for (sec = (ibfd->sections == toc && toc->next ? toc->next
8573 sec = (sec == toc ? NULL
8574 : sec->next == NULL ? toc
8575 : sec->next == toc && toc->next ? toc->next
8580 if (sec->reloc_count == 0
8581 || discarded_section (sec)
8582 || get_opd_info (sec)
8583 || (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8584 || (sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
8587 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8589 if (relstart == NULL)
8595 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8599 for (rel = relstart; rel < relstart + sec->reloc_count; ++rel)
8601 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
8602 unsigned long r_symndx;
8604 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8605 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8607 enum {no_check, check_lo, check_ha} insn_check;
8609 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
8613 insn_check = no_check;
8616 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8617 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8618 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8619 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8620 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
8621 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
8622 insn_check = check_ha;
8625 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8626 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8627 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS:
8628 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
8629 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO:
8630 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
8631 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
8632 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
8633 insn_check = check_lo;
8637 if (insn_check != no_check)
8639 bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3;
8640 unsigned char buf[4];
8643 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf, off, 4))
8648 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
8649 if (insn_check == check_lo
8650 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn, r_type)
8651 : ((insn & ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
8652 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
8656 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->unexpected_toc_insn = 1;
8657 sprintf (str, "%#08x", insn);
8658 info->callbacks->einfo
8659 /* xgettext:c-format */
8660 (_("%H: toc optimization is not supported for"
8661 " %s instruction\n"),
8662 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset & ~3, str);
8669 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
8670 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI:
8671 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
8672 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
8673 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
8674 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8675 case R_PPC64_ADDR64:
8682 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
8683 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
8694 val = h->root.u.def.value;
8696 val = sym->st_value;
8697 val += rel->r_addend;
8699 if (val >= toc->size)
8702 if ((skip[val >> 3] & can_optimize) != 0)
8709 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
8712 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
8713 off = rel->r_offset;
8714 off += (bfd_big_endian (ibfd) ? -2 : 3);
8715 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, &opc,
8721 if ((opc & (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8726 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
8727 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
8734 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
8735 entry itself isn't unused. */
8736 else if ((used[rel->r_offset >> 3]
8737 || !(skip[rel->r_offset >> 3] & ref_from_discarded))
8740 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
8749 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
8753 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
8754 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
8755 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
8756 for (drop = skip, keep = used, last = 0, some_unused = 0;
8757 drop < skip + (toc->size + 7) / 8;
8762 *drop &= ~ref_from_discarded;
8763 if ((*drop & can_optimize) != 0)
8767 else if ((*drop & ref_from_discarded) != 0)
8770 last = ref_from_discarded;
8780 bfd_byte *contents, *src;
8782 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8783 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms = FALSE;
8785 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
8786 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
8787 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd, toc, &contents))
8790 elf_section_data (toc)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8792 for (src = contents, off = 0, drop = skip;
8793 src < contents + toc->size;
8796 if ((*drop & (can_optimize | ref_from_discarded)) != 0)
8801 memcpy (src - off, src, 8);
8805 toc->rawsize = toc->size;
8806 toc->size = src - contents - off;
8808 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
8809 and optimize any accesses we can. */
8810 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
8812 if (sec->reloc_count == 0
8813 || discarded_section (sec))
8816 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8818 if (relstart == NULL)
8821 for (rel = relstart; rel < relstart + sec->reloc_count; ++rel)
8823 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
8824 unsigned long r_symndx;
8826 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8829 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
8836 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
8837 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI:
8838 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
8839 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
8840 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
8841 case R_PPC64_ADDR64:
8845 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
8846 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
8854 val = h->root.u.def.value;
8857 val = sym->st_value;
8859 local_toc_syms = TRUE;
8862 val += rel->r_addend;
8864 if (val > toc->rawsize)
8866 else if ((skip[val >> 3] & ref_from_discarded) != 0)
8868 else if ((skip[val >> 3] & can_optimize) != 0)
8870 Elf_Internal_Rela *tocrel
8871 = toc_relocs + (skip[val >> 3] >> 2);
8872 unsigned long tsym = ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel->r_info);
8876 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
8877 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (tsym, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA);
8880 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
8881 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (tsym, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT);
8885 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table[R_PPC64_ADDR32])
8887 info->callbacks->einfo
8888 /* xgettext:c-format */
8889 (_("%H: %s references "
8890 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
8891 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset,
8892 ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
8893 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8896 rel->r_addend = tocrel->r_addend;
8897 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = relstart;
8901 if (h != NULL || sym->st_value != 0)
8904 rel->r_addend -= skip[val >> 3];
8905 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = relstart;
8908 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
8912 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
8913 but handle them anyway. */
8914 if (local_syms != NULL)
8915 for (sym = local_syms;
8916 sym < local_syms + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8918 if (sym->st_value != 0
8919 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx) == toc)
8923 if (sym->st_value > toc->rawsize)
8924 i = toc->rawsize >> 3;
8926 i = sym->st_value >> 3;
8928 if ((skip[i] & (ref_from_discarded | can_optimize)) != 0)
8932 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
8933 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd, symtab_hdr, sym, NULL));
8936 while ((skip[i] & (ref_from_discarded | can_optimize)));
8937 sym->st_value = (bfd_vma) i << 3;
8940 sym->st_value -= skip[i];
8941 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
8944 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
8945 if (toc_inf.global_toc_syms)
8948 toc_inf.skip = skip;
8949 toc_inf.global_toc_syms = FALSE;
8950 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), adjust_toc_syms,
8954 if (toc->reloc_count != 0)
8956 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
8957 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
8960 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
8961 if (toc_relocs == NULL)
8962 toc_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, toc, NULL, NULL,
8964 if (toc_relocs == NULL)
8968 for (rel = toc_relocs; rel < toc_relocs + toc->reloc_count; ++rel)
8969 if ((skip[rel->r_offset >> 3]
8970 & (ref_from_discarded | can_optimize)) == 0)
8972 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset - skip[rel->r_offset >> 3];
8973 wrel->r_info = rel->r_info;
8974 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8977 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel->r_info, toc, info,
8978 &local_syms, NULL, NULL))
8981 elf_section_data (toc)->relocs = toc_relocs;
8982 toc->reloc_count = wrel - toc_relocs;
8983 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc);
8984 sz = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
8985 rel_hdr->sh_size = toc->reloc_count * sz;
8988 else if (toc_relocs != NULL
8989 && elf_section_data (toc)->relocs != toc_relocs)
8992 if (local_syms != NULL
8993 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
8995 if (!info->keep_memory)
8998 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9003 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9004 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9005 number of GOT entries. */
9006 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9009 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9010 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
9011 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel;
9014 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
9017 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_gotrel)
9020 sec = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got;
9021 got = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
9024 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9026 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
9028 if (sec->reloc_count == 0
9029 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->has_gotrel
9030 || discarded_section (sec))
9033 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
9035 if (relstart == NULL)
9038 if (local_syms != NULL
9039 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9043 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
9048 for (rel = relstart; rel < relstart + sec->reloc_count; ++rel)
9050 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
9051 unsigned long r_symndx;
9052 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9054 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9055 struct got_entry *ent;
9056 bfd_vma sym_addend, val, pc;
9057 unsigned char buf[8];
9060 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
9063 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9064 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9065 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9066 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9067 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9068 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9072 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
9073 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
9074 sym_addend = rel->r_addend;
9077 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34:
9082 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
9083 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9087 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
9091 val = h->root.u.def.value;
9093 val = sym->st_value;
9095 val += sym_sec->output_section->vma + sym_sec->output_offset;
9097 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9098 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9099 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9106 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
9107 if (val - got + LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL)
9108 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL))
9111 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf,
9112 rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
9114 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
9115 if (((insn & ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9116 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9120 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
9121 if (val - got + LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL)
9122 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL))
9124 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf,
9125 rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
9127 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
9128 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9132 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34:
9134 pc += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
9135 if (val - pc + LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9136 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9138 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf,
9139 rel->r_offset & ~3, 8))
9141 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
9142 if ((insn & (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9144 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf + 4);
9145 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) != 57u << 26)
9155 struct got_entry **local_got_ents = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd);
9156 ent = local_got_ents[r_symndx];
9158 for (; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9159 if (ent->addend == sym_addend
9160 && ent->owner == ibfd
9161 && ent->tls_type == 0)
9163 BFD_ASSERT (ent && ent->got.refcount > 0);
9164 ent->got.refcount -= 1;
9167 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
9171 if (local_syms != NULL
9172 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9174 if (!info->keep_memory)
9177 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9184 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9185 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9188 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection *i)
9190 return (is_ppc64_elf (i->owner)
9191 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i->owner)->has_small_toc_reloc);
9194 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9197 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9198 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9199 struct got_entry *gent)
9201 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
9202 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
9203 int entsize = (gent->tls_type & eh->tls_mask & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)
9205 int rentsize = (gent->tls_type & eh->tls_mask & TLS_GD
9206 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
9207 asection *got = ppc64_elf_tdata (gent->owner)->got;
9209 gent->got.offset = got->size;
9210 got->size += entsize;
9212 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9214 htab->elf.irelplt->size += rentsize;
9215 htab->got_reli_size += rentsize;
9217 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
9218 && !((gent->tls_type & TLS_TPREL) != 0
9219 && bfd_link_executable (info)
9220 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
9221 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9223 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
9224 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
9226 asection *relgot = ppc64_elf_tdata (gent->owner)->relgot;
9227 relgot->size += rentsize;
9231 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9234 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry **pent)
9236 struct got_entry *ent, *ent2;
9238 for (ent = *pent; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9239 if (!ent->is_indirect)
9240 for (ent2 = ent->next; ent2 != NULL; ent2 = ent2->next)
9241 if (!ent2->is_indirect
9242 && ent2->addend == ent->addend
9243 && ent2->tls_type == ent->tls_type
9244 && elf_gp (ent2->owner) == elf_gp (ent->owner))
9246 ent2->is_indirect = TRUE;
9247 ent2->got.ent = ent;
9251 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9254 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
9255 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
9257 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
9259 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
9260 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
9261 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
9262 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9265 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
9266 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
9270 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9274 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9276 struct bfd_link_info *info;
9277 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
9279 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh;
9280 struct got_entry **pgent, *gent;
9282 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
9285 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9286 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
9290 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
9291 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9293 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE))
9294 for (gent = h->got.glist; gent != NULL; gent = gent->next)
9295 if (gent->got.refcount > 0
9296 && (gent->tls_type & TLS_GD) != 0)
9298 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9299 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9300 struct got_entry *ent;
9301 for (ent = h->got.glist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9302 if (ent->got.refcount > 0
9303 && (ent->tls_type & TLS_TPREL) != 0
9304 && ent->addend == gent->addend
9305 && ent->owner == gent->owner)
9307 gent->got.refcount = 0;
9311 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9312 if (gent->got.refcount != 0)
9313 gent->tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
9316 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9317 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9319 pgent = &h->got.glist;
9320 while ((gent = *pgent) != NULL)
9321 if (gent->got.refcount > 0)
9323 if ((gent->tls_type & TLS_LD) != 0
9326 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent->owner)->got.refcount += 1;
9327 *pgent = gent->next;
9330 pgent = &gent->next;
9333 *pgent = gent->next;
9335 if (!htab->do_multi_toc)
9336 merge_got_entries (&h->got.glist);
9338 for (gent = h->got.glist; gent != NULL; gent = gent->next)
9339 if (!gent->is_indirect)
9341 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
9342 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
9345 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent->owner))
9348 allocate_got (h, info, gent);
9351 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9352 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9353 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9354 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9355 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
9357 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9358 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
9359 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
9360 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
9362 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9363 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9364 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
9365 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
9367 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL)
9369 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p, **pp;
9371 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9372 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9373 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9374 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9375 visibility changes. */
9377 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9379 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9380 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9381 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9382 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9383 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9384 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9385 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9386 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
9388 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
9390 p->count -= p->pc_count;
9399 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL)
9401 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
9402 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
9406 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9408 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
9409 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
9411 if (h->dynamic_adjusted
9413 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
9415 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
9416 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
9419 if (h->dynindx == -1)
9420 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
9423 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
9426 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9427 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
9429 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
9430 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9431 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
9432 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
9436 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9439 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9440 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9441 if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1)
9442 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
9443 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
9446 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9447 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9448 && (((struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask
9449 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
9451 struct plt_entry *pent;
9452 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
9453 for (pent = h->plt.plist; pent != NULL; pent = pent->next)
9454 if (pent->plt.refcount > 0)
9456 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9457 || h->dynindx == -1)
9459 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9462 pent->plt.offset = s->size;
9463 s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab);
9464 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
9469 pent->plt.offset = s->size;
9470 s->size += LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab);
9471 s = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9476 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9480 s->size += PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab);
9482 pent->plt.offset = s->size;
9484 /* Make room for this entry. */
9485 s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab);
9487 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9490 s->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab);
9493 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9494 if (s->size >= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab) + 32768*2*4)
9501 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9502 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
9505 s->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
9509 pent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
9512 h->plt.plist = NULL;
9518 h->plt.plist = NULL;
9525 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9526 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9527 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9529 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9530 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9532 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9533 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9534 after the branch table. */
9537 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9539 struct bfd_link_info *info;
9540 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
9541 struct plt_entry *pent;
9544 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
9547 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9554 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
9558 s = htab->global_entry;
9559 plt = htab->elf.splt;
9560 for (pent = h->plt.plist; pent != NULL; pent = pent->next)
9561 if (pent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
9562 && pent->addend == 0)
9564 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9565 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9566 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9567 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9568 bfd_vma off, stub_align, stub_off, stub_size;
9569 unsigned int align_power;
9573 if (htab->params->plt_stub_align >= 0)
9574 align_power = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
9576 align_power = -htab->params->plt_stub_align;
9577 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9578 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9579 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9580 entry stubs are needed. */
9581 if (s->alignment_power < align_power)
9582 s->alignment_power = align_power;
9583 stub_align = (bfd_vma) 1 << align_power;
9584 if (htab->params->plt_stub_align >= 0
9585 || ((((stub_off + stub_size - 1) & -stub_align)
9586 - (stub_off & -stub_align))
9587 > ((stub_size - 1) & -stub_align)))
9588 stub_off = (stub_off + stub_align - 1) & -stub_align;
9589 off = pent->plt.offset + plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma;
9590 off -= stub_off + s->output_offset + s->output_section->vma;
9591 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9592 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9593 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9595 if (PPC_HA (off) == 0)
9597 h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
9598 h->root.u.def.section = s;
9599 h->root.u.def.value = stub_off;
9600 s->size = stub_off + stub_size;
9606 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
9607 read-only sections. */
9610 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9614 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
9617 sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h);
9620 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9622 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9623 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT'"
9624 " in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
9625 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
9627 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
9633 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9636 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9637 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9639 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
9644 struct got_entry *first_tlsld;
9646 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
9650 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9654 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9656 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9657 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
9659 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9662 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
9663 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
9667 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9669 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9671 struct got_entry **lgot_ents;
9672 struct got_entry **end_lgot_ents;
9673 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
9674 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
9675 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
9676 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9677 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9679 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
9682 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9684 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
9686 for (p = elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; p != NULL; p = p->next)
9688 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
9689 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
9691 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
9692 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
9693 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
9696 else if (p->count != 0)
9698 asection *srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
9700 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
9701 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
9702 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
9703 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9708 lgot_ents = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd);
9712 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9713 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9714 end_lgot_ents = lgot_ents + locsymcount;
9715 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_lgot_ents;
9716 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9717 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) end_local_plt;
9718 s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got;
9719 for (; lgot_ents < end_lgot_ents; ++lgot_ents, ++lgot_masks)
9721 struct got_entry **pent, *ent;
9724 while ((ent = *pent) != NULL)
9725 if (ent->got.refcount > 0)
9727 if ((ent->tls_type & *lgot_masks & TLS_LD) != 0)
9729 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd)->got.refcount += 1;
9734 unsigned int ent_size = 8;
9735 unsigned int rel_size = sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
9737 ent->got.offset = s->size;
9738 if ((ent->tls_type & *lgot_masks & TLS_GD) != 0)
9743 s->size += ent_size;
9744 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
9746 htab->elf.irelplt->size += rel_size;
9747 htab->got_reli_size += rel_size;
9749 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
9750 && !((ent->tls_type & TLS_TPREL) != 0
9751 && bfd_link_executable (info)))
9753 asection *srel = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot;
9754 srel->size += rel_size;
9763 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
9764 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) end_local_plt;
9765 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
9767 struct plt_entry *ent;
9769 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9770 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
9772 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
9775 ent->plt.offset = s->size;
9776 s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab);
9777 htab->elf.irelplt->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
9779 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9780 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
9781 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
9785 ent->plt.offset = s->size;
9786 s->size += LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab);
9787 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9788 htab->relpltlocal->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
9792 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
9796 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
9797 sym dynamic relocs. */
9798 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9800 if (!htab->opd_abi && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9801 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, size_global_entry_stubs, info);
9804 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9806 struct got_entry *ent;
9808 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
9811 ent = ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd);
9812 if (ent->got.refcount > 0)
9814 if (!htab->do_multi_toc && first_tlsld != NULL)
9816 ent->is_indirect = TRUE;
9817 ent->got.ent = first_tlsld;
9821 if (first_tlsld == NULL)
9823 s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got;
9824 ent->got.offset = s->size;
9827 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9829 asection *srel = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot;
9830 srel->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
9835 ent->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
9838 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
9839 Allocate memory for them. */
9841 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9843 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9846 if (s == htab->brlt || s == htab->relbrlt)
9847 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
9849 else if (s == htab->elf.sgot
9850 || s == htab->elf.splt
9851 || s == htab->elf.iplt
9852 || s == htab->pltlocal
9854 || s == htab->global_entry
9855 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
9856 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9858 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
9861 else if (s == htab->glink_eh_frame)
9863 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s->output_section))
9864 /* Not sized yet. */
9867 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".rela"))
9871 if (s != htab->elf.srelplt)
9874 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9875 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9881 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9887 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
9888 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
9889 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
9890 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
9891 before the linker maps input sections to output
9892 sections. The linker does that before
9893 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
9894 function which decides whether anything needs to go
9895 into these sections. */
9896 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9900 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s->output_section))
9901 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
9904 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9907 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
9908 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
9909 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
9910 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
9911 sections instead of garbage.
9912 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
9913 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
9914 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9915 if (s->contents == NULL)
9919 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9921 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
9924 s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got;
9925 if (s != NULL && s != htab->elf.sgot)
9928 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9931 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (ibfd, s->size);
9932 if (s->contents == NULL)
9936 s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot;
9940 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9943 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (ibfd, s->size);
9944 if (s->contents == NULL)
9952 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9954 bfd_boolean tls_opt;
9956 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9957 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9958 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9959 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
9960 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
9961 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
9962 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
9964 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
9966 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
9970 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
9972 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
9973 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
9974 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
9975 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)
9976 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK, 0))
9980 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS && abiversion (output_bfd) <= 1)
9982 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD, 0)
9983 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ, 0))
9987 tls_opt = (htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt
9988 && htab->tls_get_addr_fd != NULL
9989 && htab->tls_get_addr_fd->elf.plt.plist != NULL);
9990 if (tls_opt || !htab->opd_abi)
9992 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT, tls_opt ? PPC64_OPT_TLS : 0))
9998 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
9999 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
10000 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)))
10003 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10004 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10005 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
10006 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, maybe_set_textrel, info);
10008 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
10010 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
10015 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10020 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10023 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
10025 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
10027 && !h->pointer_equality_needed)
10030 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
10033 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10035 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10036 ppc_type_of_stub (asection *input_sec,
10037 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
10038 struct ppc_link_hash_entry **hash,
10039 struct plt_entry **plt_ent,
10040 bfd_vma destination,
10041 unsigned long local_off)
10043 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h = *hash;
10045 bfd_vma branch_offset;
10046 bfd_vma max_branch_offset;
10047 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
10051 struct plt_entry *ent;
10052 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh = h;
10054 && h->oh->is_func_descriptor)
10056 fdh = ppc_follow_link (h->oh);
10060 for (ent = fdh->elf.plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
10061 if (ent->addend == rel->r_addend
10062 && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
10065 return ppc_stub_plt_call;
10068 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10069 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10070 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10071 any other type of stub. */
10072 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh->elf)
10073 && !is_static_defined (&h->elf))
10074 return ppc_stub_none;
10076 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec->owner) != NULL)
10078 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec->owner);
10079 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
10080 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec->owner) + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
10081 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
10083 if (local_plt[r_symndx] != NULL)
10085 struct plt_entry *ent;
10087 for (ent = local_plt[r_symndx]; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
10088 if (ent->addend == rel->r_addend
10089 && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
10092 return ppc_stub_plt_call;
10097 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10098 location = (input_sec->output_offset
10099 + input_sec->output_section->vma
10102 branch_offset = destination - location;
10103 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
10105 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10106 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
10107 if (r_type == R_PPC64_REL14
10108 || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10109 || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
10110 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
10112 if (branch_offset + max_branch_offset >= 2 * max_branch_offset - local_off)
10113 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10114 is needed later. */
10115 return ppc_stub_long_branch;
10117 return ppc_stub_none;
10120 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10121 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10126 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10127 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10128 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10129 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10130 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10131 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10134 build_offset (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, bfd_vma off, bfd_boolean load)
10136 bfd_put_32 (abfd, MFLR_R12, p);
10138 bfd_put_32 (abfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10140 bfd_put_32 (abfd, MFLR_R11, p);
10142 bfd_put_32 (abfd, MTLR_R12, p);
10144 if (off + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10147 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R12_0R11 + PPC_LO (off), p);
10149 bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADDI_R12_R11 + PPC_LO (off), p);
10152 else if (off + 0x80008000ULL < 0x100000000ULL)
10154 bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADDIS_R12_R11 + PPC_HA (off), p);
10157 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R12_0R12 + PPC_LO (off), p);
10159 bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADDI_R12_R12 + PPC_LO (off), p);
10164 if (off + 0x800000000000ULL < 0x1000000000000ULL)
10166 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LI_R12_0 + ((off >> 32) & 0xffff), p);
10171 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LIS_R12 + ((off >> 48) & 0xffff), p);
10173 if (((off >> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10175 bfd_put_32 (abfd, ORI_R12_R12_0 + ((off >> 32) & 0xffff), p);
10179 if (((off >> 32) & 0xffffffffULL) != 0)
10181 bfd_put_32 (abfd, SLDI_R12_R12_32, p);
10184 if (PPC_HI (off) != 0)
10186 bfd_put_32 (abfd, ORIS_R12_R12_0 + PPC_HI (off), p);
10189 if (PPC_LO (off) != 0)
10191 bfd_put_32 (abfd, ORI_R12_R12_0 + PPC_LO (off), p);
10195 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LDX_R12_R11_R12, p);
10197 bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADD_R12_R11_R12, p);
10203 static unsigned int
10204 size_offset (bfd_vma off)
10207 if (off + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10209 else if (off + 0x80008000ULL < 0x100000000ULL)
10213 if (off + 0x800000000000ULL < 0x1000000000000ULL)
10218 if (((off >> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10221 if (((off >> 32) & 0xffffffffULL) != 0)
10223 if (PPC_HI (off) != 0)
10225 if (PPC_LO (off) != 0)
10232 static unsigned int
10233 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off)
10235 unsigned int num_rel;
10236 if (off + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10238 else if (off + 0x80008000ULL < 0x100000000ULL)
10243 if (off + 0x800000000000ULL >= 0x1000000000000ULL
10244 && ((off >> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10246 if (PPC_HI (off) != 0)
10248 if (PPC_LO (off) != 0)
10254 static Elf_Internal_Rela *
10255 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info *info, Elf_Internal_Rela *r,
10256 bfd_vma roff, bfd_vma targ, bfd_vma off)
10258 bfd_vma relative_targ = targ - (roff - 8);
10259 if (bfd_big_endian (info->output_bfd))
10261 r->r_offset = roff;
10262 r->r_addend = relative_targ + roff;
10263 if (off + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10264 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16);
10265 else if (off + 0x80008000ULL < 0x100000000ULL)
10267 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA);
10270 r->r_offset = roff;
10271 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO);
10272 r->r_addend = relative_targ + roff;
10276 if (off + 0x800000000000ULL < 0x1000000000000ULL)
10277 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER);
10280 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST);
10281 if (((off >> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10285 r->r_offset = roff;
10286 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER);
10287 r->r_addend = relative_targ + roff;
10290 if (((off >> 32) & 0xffffffffULL) != 0)
10292 if (PPC_HI (off) != 0)
10296 r->r_offset = roff;
10297 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH);
10298 r->r_addend = relative_targ + roff;
10300 if (PPC_LO (off) != 0)
10304 r->r_offset = roff;
10305 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO);
10306 r->r_addend = relative_targ + roff;
10313 build_powerxx_offset (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, bfd_vma off, int odd,
10317 if (off - odd + (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10322 bfd_put_32 (abfd, NOP, p);
10328 insn = PADDI_R12_PC;
10330 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn >> 32, p);
10332 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, p);
10334 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10335 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10336 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10337 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10338 else if (off - (8 - odd) + (0x20002ULL << 32) < 0x40004ULL << 32)
10341 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LI_R11_0 | (HA34 (off) & 0xffff), p);
10345 bfd_put_32 (abfd, SLDI_R11_R11_34, p);
10348 insn = PADDI_R12_PC | D34 (off);
10349 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn >> 32, p);
10351 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, p);
10355 bfd_put_32 (abfd, SLDI_R11_R11_34, p);
10359 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LDX_R12_R11_R12, p);
10361 bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADD_R12_R11_R12, p);
10366 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LIS_R11 | ((HA34 (off) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p);
10368 bfd_put_32 (abfd, ORI_R11_R11_0 | (HA34 (off) & 0xffff), p);
10372 bfd_put_32 (abfd, SLDI_R11_R11_34, p);
10375 insn = PADDI_R12_PC | D34 (off);
10376 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn >> 32, p);
10378 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, p);
10382 bfd_put_32 (abfd, SLDI_R11_R11_34, p);
10386 bfd_put_32 (abfd, LDX_R12_R11_R12, p);
10388 bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADD_R12_R11_R12, p);
10394 static unsigned int
10395 size_powerxx_offset (bfd_vma off, int odd)
10397 if (off - odd + (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10399 else if (off - (8 - odd) + (0x20002ULL << 32) < 0x40004ULL << 32)
10405 static unsigned int
10406 num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (bfd_vma off, int odd)
10408 if (off - odd + (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10410 else if (off - (8 - odd) + (0x20002ULL << 32) < 0x40004ULL << 32)
10416 static Elf_Internal_Rela *
10417 emit_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (struct bfd_link_info *info,
10418 Elf_Internal_Rela *r, bfd_vma roff,
10419 bfd_vma targ, bfd_vma off, int odd)
10421 if (off - odd + (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10423 else if (off - (8 - odd) + (0x20002ULL << 32) < 0x40004ULL << 32)
10425 int d_offset = bfd_big_endian (info->output_bfd) ? 2 : 0;
10426 r->r_offset = roff + d_offset;
10427 r->r_addend = targ + 8 - odd - d_offset;
10428 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34);
10434 int d_offset = bfd_big_endian (info->output_bfd) ? 2 : 0;
10435 r->r_offset = roff + d_offset;
10436 r->r_addend = targ + 8 + odd - d_offset;
10437 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34);
10440 r->r_offset = roff + d_offset;
10441 r->r_addend = targ + 4 + odd - d_offset;
10442 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34);
10446 r->r_offset = roff;
10447 r->r_addend = targ;
10448 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34);
10452 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10455 eh_advance (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *eh, unsigned int delta)
10459 *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + delta;
10460 else if (delta < 256)
10462 *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
10465 else if (delta < 65536)
10467 *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
10468 bfd_put_16 (abfd, delta, eh);
10473 *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
10474 bfd_put_32 (abfd, delta, eh);
10480 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10482 static unsigned int
10483 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta)
10485 if (delta < 64 * 4)
10486 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10488 if (delta < 256 * 4)
10489 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10491 if (delta < 65536 * 4)
10492 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10494 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10498 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10499 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10500 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10501 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10502 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10503 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10504 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10506 . fake dep barrier compare
10507 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10508 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10509 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10510 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10511 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10512 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10514 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10515 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10517 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10518 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10520 static inline unsigned int
10521 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab,
10522 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry,
10527 if (stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc)
10529 if (htab->powerxx_stubs)
10531 bfd_vma start = (stub_entry->stub_offset
10532 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset
10533 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
10534 if (stub_entry->stub_type > ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc)
10536 size = 8 + size_powerxx_offset (off, start & 4);
10539 size = 8 + size_offset (off - 8);
10540 if (stub_entry->stub_type > ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc)
10546 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10547 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
10549 if (PPC_HA (off) != 0)
10554 if (htab->params->plt_static_chain)
10556 if (htab->params->plt_thread_safe
10557 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
10558 && stub_entry->h != NULL
10559 && stub_entry->h->elf.dynindx != -1)
10561 if (PPC_HA (off + 8 + 8 * htab->params->plt_static_chain) != PPC_HA (off))
10564 if (stub_entry->h != NULL
10565 && (stub_entry->h == htab->tls_get_addr_fd
10566 || stub_entry->h == htab->tls_get_addr)
10567 && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt)
10570 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
10576 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10577 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10579 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10580 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10582 static inline unsigned int
10583 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab,
10584 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry,
10588 unsigned stub_size;
10589 bfd_vma stub_off = stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size;
10591 if (htab->params->plt_stub_align >= 0)
10593 stub_align = 1 << htab->params->plt_stub_align;
10594 if ((stub_off & (stub_align - 1)) != 0)
10595 return stub_align - (stub_off & (stub_align - 1));
10599 stub_align = 1 << -htab->params->plt_stub_align;
10600 stub_size = plt_stub_size (htab, stub_entry, plt_off);
10601 if (((stub_off + stub_size - 1) & -stub_align) - (stub_off & -stub_align)
10602 > ((stub_size - 1) & -stub_align))
10603 return stub_align - (stub_off & (stub_align - 1));
10607 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10609 static inline bfd_byte *
10610 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab,
10611 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry,
10612 bfd_byte *p, bfd_vma offset, Elf_Internal_Rela *r)
10614 bfd *obfd = htab->params->stub_bfd;
10615 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc = htab->opd_abi;
10616 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain = htab->params->plt_static_chain;
10617 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe = (htab->params->plt_thread_safe
10618 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
10619 && stub_entry->h != NULL
10620 && stub_entry->h->elf.dynindx != -1);
10621 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep = plt_thread_safe;
10622 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off = 0;
10624 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10627 && !((stub_entry->h == htab->tls_get_addr_fd
10628 || stub_entry->h == htab->tls_get_addr)
10629 && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt))
10631 bfd_vma pltoff = stub_entry->plt_ent->plt.offset & ~1;
10632 bfd_vma pltindex = ((pltoff - PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab))
10633 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab));
10634 bfd_vma glinkoff = GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab) + pltindex * 8;
10637 if (pltindex > 32768)
10638 glinkoff += (pltindex - 32768) * 4;
10640 + htab->glink->output_offset
10641 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
10642 from = (p - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents
10643 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10644 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
10645 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset) != 0)
10646 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain)
10647 != PPC_HA (offset))
10648 + 4 * (plt_static_chain != 0)
10650 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset
10651 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
10652 cmp_branch_off = to - from;
10653 use_fake_dep = cmp_branch_off + (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10656 if (PPC_HA (offset) != 0)
10660 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10661 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
10662 r[0].r_offset += 4;
10663 r[0].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA);
10664 r[1].r_offset = r[0].r_offset + 4;
10665 r[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS);
10666 r[1].r_addend = r[0].r_addend;
10669 if (PPC_HA (offset + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain) != PPC_HA (offset))
10671 r[2].r_offset = r[1].r_offset + 4;
10672 r[2].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO);
10673 r[2].r_addend = r[0].r_addend;
10677 r[2].r_offset = r[1].r_offset + 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep;
10678 r[2].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS);
10679 r[2].r_addend = r[0].r_addend + 8;
10680 if (plt_static_chain)
10682 r[3].r_offset = r[2].r_offset + 4;
10683 r[3].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS);
10684 r[3].r_addend = r[0].r_addend + 16;
10689 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10690 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
10691 bfd_put_32 (obfd, STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p), p += 4;
10694 bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDIS_R11_R2 | PPC_HA (offset), p), p += 4;
10695 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R11 | PPC_LO (offset), p), p += 4;
10699 bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDIS_R12_R2 | PPC_HA (offset), p), p += 4;
10700 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R12 | PPC_LO (offset), p), p += 4;
10703 && PPC_HA (offset + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain) != PPC_HA (offset))
10705 bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDI_R11_R11 | PPC_LO (offset), p), p += 4;
10708 bfd_put_32 (obfd, MTCTR_R12, p), p += 4;
10713 bfd_put_32 (obfd, XOR_R2_R12_R12, p), p += 4;
10714 bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADD_R11_R11_R2, p), p += 4;
10716 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R2_0R11 | PPC_LO (offset + 8), p), p += 4;
10717 if (plt_static_chain)
10718 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R11_0R11 | PPC_LO (offset + 16), p), p += 4;
10725 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10726 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
10727 r[0].r_offset += 4;
10728 r[0].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS);
10731 if (PPC_HA (offset + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain) != PPC_HA (offset))
10733 r[1].r_offset = r[0].r_offset + 4;
10734 r[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16);
10735 r[1].r_addend = r[0].r_addend;
10739 r[1].r_offset = r[0].r_offset + 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep;
10740 r[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS);
10741 r[1].r_addend = r[0].r_addend + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain;
10742 if (plt_static_chain)
10744 r[2].r_offset = r[1].r_offset + 4;
10745 r[2].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS);
10746 r[2].r_addend = r[0].r_addend + 8;
10751 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10752 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
10753 bfd_put_32 (obfd, STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p), p += 4;
10754 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R2 | PPC_LO (offset), p), p += 4;
10756 && PPC_HA (offset + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain) != PPC_HA (offset))
10758 bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDI_R2_R2 | PPC_LO (offset), p), p += 4;
10761 bfd_put_32 (obfd, MTCTR_R12, p), p += 4;
10766 bfd_put_32 (obfd, XOR_R11_R12_R12, p), p += 4;
10767 bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADD_R2_R2_R11, p), p += 4;
10769 if (plt_static_chain)
10770 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R11_0R2 | PPC_LO (offset + 16), p), p += 4;
10771 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R2_0R2 | PPC_LO (offset + 8), p), p += 4;
10774 if (plt_load_toc && plt_thread_safe && !use_fake_dep)
10776 bfd_put_32 (obfd, CMPLDI_R2_0, p), p += 4;
10777 bfd_put_32 (obfd, BNECTR_P4, p), p += 4;
10778 bfd_put_32 (obfd, B_DOT | (cmp_branch_off & 0x3fffffc), p), p += 4;
10781 bfd_put_32 (obfd, BCTR, p), p += 4;
10785 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
10787 #define LD_R11_0R3 0xe9630000
10788 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
10789 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
10790 #define CMPDI_R11_0 0x2c2b0000
10791 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
10792 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
10793 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
10794 #define STD_R11_0R1 0xf9610000
10795 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
10796 #define LD_R11_0R1 0xe9610000
10797 #define MTLR_R11 0x7d6803a6
10799 static inline bfd_byte *
10800 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab,
10801 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry,
10802 bfd_byte *p, bfd_vma offset, Elf_Internal_Rela *r)
10804 bfd *obfd = htab->params->stub_bfd;
10807 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R11_0R3 + 0, p), p += 4;
10808 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R3 + 8, p), p += 4;
10809 bfd_put_32 (obfd, MR_R0_R3, p), p += 4;
10810 bfd_put_32 (obfd, CMPDI_R11_0, p), p += 4;
10811 bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADD_R3_R12_R13, p), p += 4;
10812 bfd_put_32 (obfd, BEQLR, p), p += 4;
10813 bfd_put_32 (obfd, MR_R3_R0, p), p += 4;
10815 r[0].r_offset += 7 * 4;
10816 if (stub_entry->stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
10817 return build_plt_stub (htab, stub_entry, p, offset, r);
10819 bfd_put_32 (obfd, MFLR_R11, p), p += 4;
10820 bfd_put_32 (obfd, STD_R11_0R1 + STK_LINKER (htab), p), p += 4;
10823 r[0].r_offset += 2 * 4;
10824 p = build_plt_stub (htab, stub_entry, p, offset, r);
10825 bfd_put_32 (obfd, BCTRL, p - 4);
10827 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p), p += 4;
10828 bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R11_0R1 + STK_LINKER (htab), p), p += 4;
10829 bfd_put_32 (obfd, MTLR_R11, p), p += 4;
10830 bfd_put_32 (obfd, BLR, p), p += 4;
10832 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10833 && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0)
10835 bfd_byte *base, *eh;
10836 unsigned int lr_used, delta;
10838 base = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents + stub_entry->group->eh_base + 17;
10839 eh = base + stub_entry->group->eh_size;
10840 lr_used = stub_entry->stub_offset + (p - 20 - loc);
10841 delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore;
10842 stub_entry->group->lr_restore = lr_used + 16;
10843 eh = eh_advance (htab->elf.dynobj, eh, delta);
10844 *eh++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
10846 *eh++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab) / 8) & 0x7f;
10847 *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
10848 *eh++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
10850 stub_entry->group->eh_size = eh - base;
10855 static Elf_Internal_Rela *
10856 get_relocs (asection *sec, int count)
10858 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
10859 struct bfd_elf_section_data *elfsec_data;
10861 elfsec_data = elf_section_data (sec);
10862 relocs = elfsec_data->relocs;
10863 if (relocs == NULL)
10865 bfd_size_type relsize;
10866 relsize = sec->reloc_count * sizeof (*relocs);
10867 relocs = bfd_alloc (sec->owner, relsize);
10868 if (relocs == NULL)
10870 elfsec_data->relocs = relocs;
10871 elfsec_data->rela.hdr = bfd_zalloc (sec->owner,
10872 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
10873 if (elfsec_data->rela.hdr == NULL)
10875 elfsec_data->rela.hdr->sh_size = (sec->reloc_count
10876 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela));
10877 elfsec_data->rela.hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
10878 sec->reloc_count = 0;
10880 relocs += sec->reloc_count;
10881 sec->reloc_count += count;
10885 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
10886 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
10890 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab,
10891 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry,
10892 Elf_Internal_Rela *r, unsigned int num_rel)
10894 struct elf_link_hash_entry **hashes;
10895 unsigned long symndx;
10896 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h;
10899 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
10900 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
10901 hashes = elf_sym_hashes (htab->params->stub_bfd);
10902 if (hashes == NULL)
10904 bfd_size_type hsize;
10906 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
10907 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
10908 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
10910 hsize = (htab->stub_globals + 1) * sizeof (*hashes);
10911 hashes = bfd_zalloc (htab->params->stub_bfd, hsize);
10912 if (hashes == NULL)
10914 elf_sym_hashes (htab->params->stub_bfd) = hashes;
10915 htab->stub_globals = 1;
10917 symndx = htab->stub_globals++;
10919 hashes[symndx] = &h->elf;
10920 if (h->oh != NULL && h->oh->is_func)
10921 h = ppc_follow_link (h->oh);
10922 BFD_ASSERT (h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
10923 || h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
10924 symval = (h->elf.root.u.def.value
10925 + h->elf.root.u.def.section->output_offset
10926 + h->elf.root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
10927 while (num_rel-- != 0)
10929 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (symndx, ELF64_R_TYPE (r->r_info));
10930 if (h->elf.root.u.def.section != stub_entry->target_section)
10932 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
10933 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
10938 r->r_addend -= symval;
10945 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info *info,
10946 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry)
10948 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
10949 bfd_vma r2off = htab->sec_info[stub_entry->target_section->id].toc_off;
10953 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
10956 if (!htab->opd_abi)
10958 asection *opd = stub_entry->h->elf.root.u.def.section;
10959 bfd_vma opd_off = stub_entry->h->elf.root.u.def.value;
10961 if (strcmp (opd->name, ".opd") != 0
10962 || opd->reloc_count != 0)
10964 info->callbacks->einfo
10965 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
10966 stub_entry->h->elf.root.root.string);
10967 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
10968 return (bfd_vma) -1;
10970 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd->owner, opd, buf, opd_off + 8, 8))
10971 return (bfd_vma) -1;
10972 r2off = bfd_get_64 (opd->owner, buf);
10973 r2off -= elf_gp (info->output_bfd);
10975 r2off -= htab->sec_info[stub_entry->group->link_sec->id].toc_off;
10980 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry, void *in_arg)
10982 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
10983 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *br_entry;
10984 struct bfd_link_info *info;
10985 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
10987 bfd_byte *p, *relp;
10989 Elf_Internal_Rela *r;
10994 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
10995 stub_entry = (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry;
10998 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
11002 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry->stub_offset >= stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size);
11003 loc = stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents + stub_entry->stub_offset;
11005 htab->stub_count[stub_entry->stub_type - 1] += 1;
11006 switch (stub_entry->stub_type)
11008 case ppc_stub_long_branch:
11009 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off:
11010 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11011 targ = (stub_entry->target_value
11012 + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset
11013 + stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma);
11014 targ += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry->other);
11016 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11017 off = (stub_entry->stub_offset
11018 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset
11019 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
11023 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off)
11025 bfd_vma r2off = get_r2off (info, stub_entry);
11027 if (r2off == (bfd_vma) -1)
11029 htab->stub_error = TRUE;
11032 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd, STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p);
11034 if (PPC_HA (r2off) != 0)
11036 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd,
11037 ADDIS_R2_R2 | PPC_HA (r2off), p);
11040 if (PPC_LO (r2off) != 0)
11042 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd,
11043 ADDI_R2_R2 | PPC_LO (r2off), p);
11048 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd, B_DOT | (off & 0x3fffffc), p);
11051 if (off + (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma) (1 << 26))
11054 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11055 stub_entry->root.string);
11056 htab->stub_error = TRUE;
11060 if (info->emitrelocations)
11062 r = get_relocs (stub_entry->group->stub_sec, 1);
11065 r->r_offset = p - 4 - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents;
11066 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24);
11067 r->r_addend = targ;
11068 if (stub_entry->h != NULL
11069 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab, stub_entry, r, 1))
11074 case ppc_stub_plt_branch:
11075 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off:
11076 br_entry = ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab->branch_hash_table,
11077 stub_entry->root.string + 9,
11079 if (br_entry == NULL)
11081 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11082 stub_entry->root.string);
11083 htab->stub_error = TRUE;
11087 targ = (stub_entry->target_value
11088 + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset
11089 + stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma);
11090 if (stub_entry->stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off)
11091 targ += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry->other);
11093 bfd_put_64 (htab->brlt->owner, targ,
11094 htab->brlt->contents + br_entry->offset);
11096 if (br_entry->iter == htab->stub_iteration)
11098 br_entry->iter = 0;
11100 if (htab->relbrlt != NULL)
11102 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11103 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
11106 rela.r_offset = (br_entry->offset
11107 + htab->brlt->output_offset
11108 + htab->brlt->output_section->vma);
11109 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE);
11110 rela.r_addend = targ;
11112 rl = htab->relbrlt->contents;
11113 rl += (htab->relbrlt->reloc_count++
11114 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela));
11115 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab->relbrlt->owner, &rela, rl);
11117 else if (info->emitrelocations)
11119 r = get_relocs (htab->brlt, 1);
11122 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11123 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11124 translated from input file to output file form, so
11125 set up the offset per the output file. */
11126 r->r_offset = (br_entry->offset
11127 + htab->brlt->output_offset
11128 + htab->brlt->output_section->vma);
11129 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE);
11130 r->r_addend = targ;
11134 targ = (br_entry->offset
11135 + htab->brlt->output_offset
11136 + htab->brlt->output_section->vma);
11138 off = (elf_gp (info->output_bfd)
11139 + htab->sec_info[stub_entry->group->link_sec->id].toc_off);
11142 if (off + 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off & 7) != 0)
11144 info->callbacks->einfo
11145 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11146 stub_entry->root.string);
11147 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
11148 htab->stub_error = TRUE;
11152 if (info->emitrelocations)
11154 r = get_relocs (stub_entry->group->stub_sec, 1 + (PPC_HA (off) != 0));
11157 r[0].r_offset = loc - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents;
11158 if (bfd_big_endian (info->output_bfd))
11159 r[0].r_offset += 2;
11160 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off)
11161 r[0].r_offset += 4;
11162 r[0].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS);
11163 r[0].r_addend = targ;
11164 if (PPC_HA (off) != 0)
11166 r[0].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA);
11167 r[1].r_offset = r[0].r_offset + 4;
11168 r[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS);
11169 r[1].r_addend = r[0].r_addend;
11174 if (stub_entry->stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off)
11176 if (PPC_HA (off) != 0)
11178 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd,
11179 ADDIS_R12_R2 | PPC_HA (off), p);
11181 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd,
11182 LD_R12_0R12 | PPC_LO (off), p);
11185 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd,
11186 LD_R12_0R2 | PPC_LO (off), p);
11190 bfd_vma r2off = get_r2off (info, stub_entry);
11192 if (r2off == (bfd_vma) -1)
11194 htab->stub_error = TRUE;
11198 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd, STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p);
11200 if (PPC_HA (off) != 0)
11202 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd,
11203 ADDIS_R12_R2 | PPC_HA (off), p);
11205 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd,
11206 LD_R12_0R12 | PPC_LO (off), p);
11209 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd, LD_R12_0R2 | PPC_LO (off), p);
11211 if (PPC_HA (r2off) != 0)
11214 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd,
11215 ADDIS_R2_R2 | PPC_HA (r2off), p);
11217 if (PPC_LO (r2off) != 0)
11220 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd,
11221 ADDI_R2_R2 | PPC_LO (r2off), p);
11225 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd, MTCTR_R12, p);
11227 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd, BCTR, p);
11231 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
11232 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both:
11233 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
11234 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both:
11235 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
11236 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both:
11238 off = (stub_entry->stub_offset
11239 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset
11240 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
11241 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11242 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11243 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
11246 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd, STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p);
11249 if (stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc)
11251 targ = stub_entry->plt_ent->plt.offset & ~1;
11252 if (targ >= (bfd_vma) -2)
11255 plt = htab->elf.splt;
11256 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
11257 || stub_entry->h == NULL
11258 || stub_entry->h->elf.dynindx == -1)
11260 if (stub_entry->symtype == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
11261 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
11263 plt = htab->pltlocal;
11265 targ += plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma;
11268 targ = (stub_entry->target_value
11269 + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset
11270 + stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma);
11276 if (htab->powerxx_stubs)
11278 bfd_boolean load = stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc;
11279 p = build_powerxx_offset (htab->params->stub_bfd, p, off, odd, load);
11283 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11284 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11285 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11286 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11287 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11289 p = build_offset (htab->params->stub_bfd, p, off,
11290 stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc);
11293 if (stub_entry->stub_type <= ppc_stub_long_branch_both)
11297 from = (stub_entry->stub_offset
11298 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset
11299 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma
11301 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd,
11302 B_DOT | ((targ - from) & 0x3fffffc), p);
11306 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd, MTCTR_R12, p);
11308 bfd_put_32 (htab->params->stub_bfd, BCTR, p);
11312 if (info->emitrelocations)
11314 bfd_vma roff = relp - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents;
11315 if (htab->powerxx_stubs)
11316 num_rel += num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (off, odd);
11319 num_rel += num_relocs_for_offset (off);
11322 r = get_relocs (stub_entry->group->stub_sec, num_rel);
11325 if (htab->powerxx_stubs)
11326 r = emit_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (info, r, roff, targ, off, odd);
11328 r = emit_relocs_for_offset (info, r, roff, targ, off);
11329 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11330 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both)
11333 roff = p - 4 - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents;
11334 r->r_offset = roff;
11335 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24);
11336 r->r_addend = targ;
11337 if (stub_entry->h != NULL
11338 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab, stub_entry, r, num_rel))
11343 if (!htab->powerxx_stubs
11344 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
11345 && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0)
11347 bfd_byte *base, *eh;
11348 unsigned int lr_used, delta;
11350 base = (htab->glink_eh_frame->contents
11351 + stub_entry->group->eh_base + 17);
11352 eh = base + stub_entry->group->eh_size;
11353 lr_used = stub_entry->stub_offset + 8;
11354 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11355 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11356 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
11358 delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore;
11359 stub_entry->group->lr_restore = lr_used + 8;
11360 eh = eh_advance (htab->elf.dynobj, eh, delta);
11361 *eh++ = DW_CFA_register;
11364 *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 2;
11365 *eh++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
11367 stub_entry->group->eh_size = eh - base;
11371 case ppc_stub_plt_call:
11372 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save:
11373 if (stub_entry->h != NULL
11374 && stub_entry->h->is_func_descriptor
11375 && stub_entry->h->oh != NULL)
11377 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh = ppc_follow_link (stub_entry->h->oh);
11379 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11380 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11381 if (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
11382 && (stub_entry->h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
11383 || stub_entry->h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
11384 fh->elf.root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefweak;
11387 /* Now build the stub. */
11388 targ = stub_entry->plt_ent->plt.offset & ~1;
11389 if (targ >= (bfd_vma) -2)
11392 plt = htab->elf.splt;
11393 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
11394 || stub_entry->h == NULL
11395 || stub_entry->h->elf.dynindx == -1)
11397 if (stub_entry->symtype == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
11398 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
11400 plt = htab->pltlocal;
11402 targ += plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma;
11404 off = (elf_gp (info->output_bfd)
11405 + htab->sec_info[stub_entry->group->link_sec->id].toc_off);
11408 if (off + 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off & 7) != 0)
11410 info->callbacks->einfo
11411 /* xgettext:c-format */
11412 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11413 stub_entry->h != NULL
11414 ? stub_entry->h->elf.root.root.string
11416 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
11417 htab->stub_error = TRUE;
11422 if (info->emitrelocations)
11424 r = get_relocs (stub_entry->group->stub_sec,
11425 ((PPC_HA (off) != 0)
11427 ? 2 + (htab->params->plt_static_chain
11428 && PPC_HA (off + 16) == PPC_HA (off))
11432 r[0].r_offset = loc - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents;
11433 if (bfd_big_endian (info->output_bfd))
11434 r[0].r_offset += 2;
11435 r[0].r_addend = targ;
11437 if (stub_entry->h != NULL
11438 && (stub_entry->h == htab->tls_get_addr_fd
11439 || stub_entry->h == htab->tls_get_addr)
11440 && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt)
11441 p = build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab, stub_entry, loc, off, r);
11443 p = build_plt_stub (htab, stub_entry, loc, off, r);
11446 case ppc_stub_save_res:
11454 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size = stub_entry->stub_offset + (p - loc);
11456 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
11458 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11461 const char *const stub_str[] = { "long_branch",
11474 len1 = strlen (stub_str[stub_entry->stub_type - 1]);
11475 len2 = strlen (stub_entry->root.string);
11476 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + 2);
11479 memcpy (name, stub_entry->root.string, 9);
11480 memcpy (name + 9, stub_str[stub_entry->stub_type - 1], len1);
11481 memcpy (name + len1 + 9, stub_entry->root.string + 8, len2 - 8 + 1);
11482 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
11485 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
11487 h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
11488 h->root.u.def.section = stub_entry->group->stub_sec;
11489 h->root.u.def.value = stub_entry->stub_offset;
11490 h->ref_regular = 1;
11491 h->def_regular = 1;
11492 h->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
11493 h->forced_local = 1;
11495 h->root.linker_def = 1;
11502 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11503 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11504 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11507 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry, void *in_arg)
11509 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
11510 struct bfd_link_info *info;
11511 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
11513 bfd_vma targ, off, r2off;
11514 unsigned int size, extra, lr_used, delta, odd;
11516 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11517 stub_entry = (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry;
11520 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
11524 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11525 stub_entry->stub_offset = stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size;
11527 if (stub_entry->h != NULL
11528 && stub_entry->h->save_res
11529 && stub_entry->h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
11530 && stub_entry->h->elf.root.u.def.section == htab->sfpr)
11532 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11533 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11534 stub_entry->group->needs_save_res = 1;
11535 stub_entry->stub_type = ppc_stub_save_res;
11539 switch (stub_entry->stub_type)
11541 case ppc_stub_plt_branch:
11542 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off:
11543 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11544 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11545 stub_entry->stub_type += ppc_stub_long_branch - ppc_stub_plt_branch;
11546 /* Fall through. */
11547 case ppc_stub_long_branch:
11548 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off:
11549 targ = (stub_entry->target_value
11550 + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset
11551 + stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma);
11552 targ += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry->other);
11553 off = (stub_entry->stub_offset
11554 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset
11555 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
11559 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off)
11561 r2off = get_r2off (info, stub_entry);
11562 if (r2off == (bfd_vma) -1)
11564 htab->stub_error = TRUE;
11568 if (PPC_HA (r2off) != 0)
11570 if (PPC_LO (r2off) != 0)
11576 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
11577 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
11578 if ((stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
11580 && htab->sec_info[stub_entry->target_section->id].toc_off == 0)
11581 || off + (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma) (1 << 26))
11583 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *br_entry;
11585 br_entry = ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab->branch_hash_table,
11586 stub_entry->root.string + 9,
11588 if (br_entry == NULL)
11590 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
11591 stub_entry->root.string);
11592 htab->stub_error = TRUE;
11596 if (br_entry->iter != htab->stub_iteration)
11598 br_entry->iter = htab->stub_iteration;
11599 br_entry->offset = htab->brlt->size;
11600 htab->brlt->size += 8;
11602 if (htab->relbrlt != NULL)
11603 htab->relbrlt->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
11604 else if (info->emitrelocations)
11606 htab->brlt->reloc_count += 1;
11607 htab->brlt->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
11611 targ = (br_entry->offset
11612 + htab->brlt->output_offset
11613 + htab->brlt->output_section->vma);
11614 off = (elf_gp (info->output_bfd)
11615 + htab->sec_info[stub_entry->group->link_sec->id].toc_off);
11618 if (info->emitrelocations)
11620 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count
11621 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off) != 0);
11622 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
11625 stub_entry->stub_type += ppc_stub_plt_branch - ppc_stub_long_branch;
11626 if (stub_entry->stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off)
11629 if (PPC_HA (off) != 0)
11635 if (PPC_HA (off) != 0)
11638 if (PPC_HA (r2off) != 0)
11640 if (PPC_LO (r2off) != 0)
11644 else if (info->emitrelocations)
11646 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count += 1;
11647 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
11651 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
11652 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both:
11653 stub_entry->stub_type += ppc_stub_long_branch - ppc_stub_plt_branch;
11654 /* Fall through. */
11655 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
11656 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both:
11657 off = (stub_entry->stub_offset
11658 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset
11659 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
11661 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both)
11664 targ = (stub_entry->target_value
11665 + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset
11666 + stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma);
11670 if (info->emitrelocations)
11672 unsigned int num_rel;
11673 if (htab->powerxx_stubs)
11674 num_rel = num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (off, odd);
11676 num_rel = num_relocs_for_offset (off - 8);
11677 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count += num_rel;
11678 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
11681 if (htab->powerxx_stubs)
11682 extra = size_powerxx_offset (off, odd);
11684 extra = size_offset (off - 8);
11685 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
11687 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
11688 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
11692 if (!htab->powerxx_stubs)
11694 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11695 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
11696 lr_used = stub_entry->stub_offset + 8;
11697 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both)
11699 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
11700 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
11701 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
11702 delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore;
11703 stub_entry->group->eh_size += eh_advance_size (delta) + 6;
11704 stub_entry->group->lr_restore = lr_used + 8;
11707 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
11708 if (off + (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma) (1 << 26))
11710 stub_entry->stub_type += (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
11711 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc);
11714 else if (info->emitrelocations)
11715 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count +=1;
11718 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
11719 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both:
11720 off = (stub_entry->stub_offset
11721 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset
11722 + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
11723 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
11725 targ = stub_entry->plt_ent->plt.offset & ~1;
11726 if (targ >= (bfd_vma) -2)
11729 plt = htab->elf.splt;
11730 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
11731 || stub_entry->h == NULL
11732 || stub_entry->h->elf.dynindx == -1)
11734 if (stub_entry->symtype == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
11735 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
11737 plt = htab->pltlocal;
11739 targ += plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma;
11743 if (htab->params->plt_stub_align != 0)
11745 unsigned pad = plt_stub_pad (htab, stub_entry, off);
11747 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size += pad;
11748 stub_entry->stub_offset = stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size;
11752 if (info->emitrelocations)
11754 unsigned int num_rel;
11755 if (htab->powerxx_stubs)
11756 num_rel = num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (off, odd);
11758 num_rel = num_relocs_for_offset (off - 8);
11759 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count += num_rel;
11760 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
11763 size = plt_stub_size (htab, stub_entry, off);
11765 if (!htab->powerxx_stubs)
11767 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11768 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
11769 lr_used = stub_entry->stub_offset + 8;
11770 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
11772 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
11773 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
11774 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
11775 delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore;
11776 stub_entry->group->eh_size += eh_advance_size (delta) + 6;
11777 stub_entry->group->lr_restore = lr_used + 8;
11781 case ppc_stub_plt_call:
11782 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save:
11783 targ = stub_entry->plt_ent->plt.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1;
11784 if (targ >= (bfd_vma) -2)
11786 plt = htab->elf.splt;
11787 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
11788 || stub_entry->h == NULL
11789 || stub_entry->h->elf.dynindx == -1)
11791 if (stub_entry->symtype == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
11792 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
11794 plt = htab->pltlocal;
11796 targ += plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma;
11798 off = (elf_gp (info->output_bfd)
11799 + htab->sec_info[stub_entry->group->link_sec->id].toc_off);
11802 if (htab->params->plt_stub_align != 0)
11804 unsigned pad = plt_stub_pad (htab, stub_entry, off);
11806 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size += pad;
11807 stub_entry->stub_offset = stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size;
11810 if (info->emitrelocations)
11812 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count
11813 += ((PPC_HA (off) != 0)
11815 ? 2 + (htab->params->plt_static_chain
11816 && PPC_HA (off + 16) == PPC_HA (off))
11818 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
11821 size = plt_stub_size (htab, stub_entry, off);
11823 if (stub_entry->h != NULL
11824 && (stub_entry->h == htab->tls_get_addr_fd
11825 || stub_entry->h == htab->tls_get_addr)
11826 && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt
11827 && stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
11829 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to
11830 emit .eh_frame info saying the return address is
11831 on the stack. In fact we put the EH info specifying
11832 that the return address is on the stack *at* the
11833 call rather than after it, because the EH info for a
11834 call needs to be specified by that point.
11835 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program. */
11836 lr_used = stub_entry->stub_offset + size - 20;
11837 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
11838 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
11839 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
11840 delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore;
11841 stub_entry->group->eh_size += eh_advance_size (delta) + 6;
11842 stub_entry->group->lr_restore = size - 4;
11851 stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size += size;
11855 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
11856 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
11857 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
11860 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info *info)
11864 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
11869 htab->sec_info_arr_size = _bfd_section_id;
11870 amt = sizeof (*htab->sec_info) * (htab->sec_info_arr_size);
11871 htab->sec_info = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
11872 if (htab->sec_info == NULL)
11875 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
11876 for (id = 0; id < 3; id++)
11877 htab->sec_info[id].toc_off = TOC_BASE_OFF;
11882 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
11885 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info *info)
11887 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
11889 htab->toc_curr = ppc64_elf_set_toc (info, info->output_bfd);
11890 htab->toc_bfd = NULL;
11891 htab->toc_first_sec = NULL;
11894 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
11895 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
11896 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
11899 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec)
11901 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
11902 bfd_vma addr, off, limit;
11907 if (!htab->second_toc_pass)
11909 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
11910 bfd_boolean new_bfd = htab->toc_bfd != isec->owner;
11914 htab->toc_bfd = isec->owner;
11915 htab->toc_first_sec = isec;
11918 addr = isec->output_offset + isec->output_section->vma;
11919 off = addr - htab->toc_curr;
11920 limit = 0x80008000;
11921 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec->owner)->has_small_toc_reloc)
11923 if (off + isec->size > limit)
11925 addr = (htab->toc_first_sec->output_offset
11926 + htab->toc_first_sec->output_section->vma);
11927 htab->toc_curr = addr;
11928 htab->toc_curr &= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN;
11931 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
11932 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
11933 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
11934 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
11935 recalculating input elf_gp. */
11936 off = htab->toc_curr - elf_gp (info->output_bfd);
11937 off += TOC_BASE_OFF;
11939 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
11940 file .toc and .got together. */
11942 && elf_gp (isec->owner) != 0
11943 && elf_gp (isec->owner) != off)
11946 elf_gp (isec->owner) = off;
11950 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
11951 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
11952 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
11953 if (htab->toc_bfd == isec->owner)
11955 htab->toc_bfd = isec->owner;
11957 if (htab->toc_first_sec == NULL
11958 || htab->toc_curr != elf_gp (isec->owner))
11960 htab->toc_curr = elf_gp (isec->owner);
11961 htab->toc_first_sec = isec;
11963 addr = (htab->toc_first_sec->output_offset
11964 + htab->toc_first_sec->output_section->vma);
11965 off = addr - elf_gp (info->output_bfd) + TOC_BASE_OFF;
11966 elf_gp (isec->owner) = off;
11971 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
11975 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11977 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11980 merge_got_entries (&h->got.glist);
11985 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
11989 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
11991 struct got_entry *gent;
11993 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11996 for (gent = h->got.glist; gent != NULL; gent = gent->next)
11997 if (!gent->is_indirect)
11998 allocate_got (h, (struct bfd_link_info *) inf, gent);
12002 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12003 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12007 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info *info)
12009 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
12010 struct bfd *ibfd, *ibfd2;
12011 bfd_boolean done_something;
12013 htab->multi_toc_needed = htab->toc_curr != elf_gp (info->output_bfd);
12015 if (!htab->do_multi_toc)
12018 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12019 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, merge_global_got, info);
12021 /* And tlsld_got. */
12022 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
12024 struct got_entry *ent, *ent2;
12026 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
12029 ent = ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd);
12030 if (!ent->is_indirect
12031 && ent->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
12033 for (ibfd2 = ibfd->link.next; ibfd2 != NULL; ibfd2 = ibfd2->link.next)
12035 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2))
12038 ent2 = ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2);
12039 if (!ent2->is_indirect
12040 && ent2->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
12041 && elf_gp (ibfd2) == elf_gp (ibfd))
12043 ent2->is_indirect = TRUE;
12044 ent2->got.ent = ent;
12050 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12051 htab->elf.irelplt->rawsize = htab->elf.irelplt->size;
12052 htab->elf.irelplt->size -= htab->got_reli_size;
12053 htab->got_reli_size = 0;
12055 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
12057 asection *got, *relgot;
12059 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
12062 got = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got;
12065 got->rawsize = got->size;
12067 relgot = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot;
12068 relgot->rawsize = relgot->size;
12073 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12074 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12075 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
12077 struct got_entry **lgot_ents;
12078 struct got_entry **end_lgot_ents;
12079 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
12080 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
12081 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
12082 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
12083 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12086 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
12089 lgot_ents = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd);
12093 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
12094 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
12095 end_lgot_ents = lgot_ents + locsymcount;
12096 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_lgot_ents;
12097 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
12098 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) end_local_plt;
12099 s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got;
12100 for (; lgot_ents < end_lgot_ents; ++lgot_ents, ++lgot_masks)
12102 struct got_entry *ent;
12104 for (ent = *lgot_ents; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
12106 unsigned int ent_size = 8;
12107 unsigned int rel_size = sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
12109 ent->got.offset = s->size;
12110 if ((ent->tls_type & *lgot_masks & TLS_GD) != 0)
12115 s->size += ent_size;
12116 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
12118 htab->elf.irelplt->size += rel_size;
12119 htab->got_reli_size += rel_size;
12121 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
12122 && !((ent->tls_type & TLS_TPREL) != 0
12123 && bfd_link_executable (info)))
12125 asection *srel = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot;
12126 srel->size += rel_size;
12132 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, reallocate_got, info);
12134 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
12136 struct got_entry *ent;
12138 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
12141 ent = ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd);
12142 if (!ent->is_indirect
12143 && ent->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
12145 asection *s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got;
12146 ent->got.offset = s->size;
12148 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
12150 asection *srel = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot;
12151 srel->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
12156 done_something = htab->elf.irelplt->rawsize != htab->elf.irelplt->size;
12157 if (!done_something)
12158 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
12162 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
12165 got = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got;
12168 done_something = got->rawsize != got->size;
12169 if (done_something)
12174 if (done_something)
12175 (*htab->params->layout_sections_again) ();
12177 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12178 on input sections. */
12179 htab->toc_bfd = NULL;
12180 htab->toc_first_sec = NULL;
12181 htab->second_toc_pass = TRUE;
12182 return done_something;
12185 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12188 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info *info)
12190 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
12192 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12193 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12194 htab->toc_curr = TOC_BASE_OFF;
12197 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12198 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12199 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12200 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12201 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12202 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12203 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12206 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec)
12210 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12211 isec->call_check_done = 1;
12213 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12214 if ((isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
12217 if (isec->size == 0)
12220 if (isec->output_section == NULL)
12224 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
12226 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel;
12227 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
12228 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
12230 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec->owner, isec, NULL, NULL,
12231 info->keep_memory);
12232 if (relstart == NULL)
12235 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12237 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
12241 for (rel = relstart; rel < relstart + isec->reloc_count; ++rel)
12243 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
12244 unsigned long r_symndx;
12245 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12246 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh;
12247 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
12249 struct _opd_sec_data *opd;
12253 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
12254 if (r_type != R_PPC64_REL24
12255 && r_type != R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12256 && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14
12257 && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12258 && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12259 && r_type != R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12260 && r_type != R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC)
12263 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
12264 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, r_symndx,
12271 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12273 eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
12275 && (eh->elf.plt.plist != NULL
12277 && ppc_follow_link (eh->oh)->elf.plt.plist != NULL)))
12283 if (sym_sec == NULL)
12284 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12287 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12288 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12289 if (sym_sec->output_section == NULL)
12296 sym_value = sym->st_value;
12299 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
12300 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12302 sym_value = h->root.u.def.value;
12304 sym_value += rel->r_addend;
12306 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12307 opd = get_opd_info (sym_sec);
12310 if (h == NULL && opd->adjust != NULL)
12314 adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (sym_value)];
12316 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12318 sym_value += adjust;
12321 dest = opd_entry_value (sym_sec, sym_value,
12322 &sym_sec, NULL, FALSE);
12323 if (dest == (bfd_vma) -1)
12328 + sym_sec->output_offset
12329 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
12331 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12332 if (sym_sec == isec)
12335 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12336 if (sym_sec->has_toc_reloc
12337 || sym_sec->makes_toc_func_call)
12343 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12344 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12345 else if (dest - (isec->output_offset
12346 + isec->output_section->vma
12347 + rel->r_offset) + (1 << 25)
12348 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12356 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12357 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12358 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12359 else if (sym_sec->call_check_in_progress)
12362 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12363 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12364 else if (!sym_sec->call_check_done)
12368 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12369 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12371 isec->call_check_in_progress = 1;
12372 recur = toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info, sym_sec);
12373 isec->call_check_in_progress = 0;
12384 if (local_syms != NULL
12385 && (elf_symtab_hdr (isec->owner).contents
12386 != (unsigned char *) local_syms))
12388 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != relstart)
12393 && isec->map_head.s != NULL
12394 && (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
12395 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
12397 if (isec->map_head.s->has_toc_reloc
12398 || isec->map_head.s->makes_toc_func_call)
12400 else if (!isec->map_head.s->call_check_done)
12403 isec->call_check_in_progress = 1;
12404 recur = toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info, isec->map_head.s);
12405 isec->call_check_in_progress = 0;
12412 isec->makes_toc_func_call = 1;
12417 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12418 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12419 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12420 we may insert linker stubs. */
12423 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec)
12425 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
12430 if ((isec->output_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
12431 && isec->output_section->id < htab->sec_info_arr_size)
12433 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12434 which is what we want. */
12435 htab->sec_info[isec->id].u.list
12436 = htab->sec_info[isec->output_section->id].u.list;
12437 htab->sec_info[isec->output_section->id].u.list = isec;
12440 if (htab->multi_toc_needed)
12442 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12443 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12444 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12445 hit an exception. */
12446 if (!(isec->has_toc_reloc
12447 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
12448 || strcmp (isec->name, ".fixup") == 0
12449 || isec->call_check_done))
12451 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info, isec) < 0)
12454 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12455 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12456 check_pasted_section(). */
12457 if (elf_gp (isec->owner) != 0)
12458 htab->toc_curr = elf_gp (isec->owner);
12461 htab->sec_info[isec->id].toc_off = htab->toc_curr;
12465 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12466 have toc relocs. */
12469 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, const char *name)
12471 asection *o = bfd_get_section_by_name (info->output_bfd, name);
12475 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
12476 bfd_vma toc_off = 0;
12479 for (i = o->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
12480 if (i->has_toc_reloc)
12483 toc_off = htab->sec_info[i->id].toc_off;
12484 else if (toc_off != htab->sec_info[i->id].toc_off)
12489 for (i = o->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
12490 if (i->makes_toc_func_call)
12492 toc_off = htab->sec_info[i->id].toc_off;
12496 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12498 for (i = o->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
12499 htab->sec_info[i->id].toc_off = toc_off;
12505 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info *info)
12507 return (check_pasted_section (info, ".init")
12508 & check_pasted_section (info, ".fini"));
12511 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12512 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12513 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12514 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12515 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12516 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12519 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12520 bfd_size_type stub_group_size,
12521 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch)
12523 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
12525 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors;
12527 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
12531 suppress_size_errors = FALSE;
12532 if (stub_group_size == 1)
12534 /* Default values. */
12535 if (stubs_always_before_branch)
12536 stub_group_size = 0x1e00000;
12538 stub_group_size = 0x1c00000;
12539 suppress_size_errors = TRUE;
12542 for (osec = info->output_bfd->sections; osec != NULL; osec = osec->next)
12546 if (osec->id >= htab->sec_info_arr_size)
12549 tail = htab->sec_info[osec->id].u.list;
12550 while (tail != NULL)
12554 bfd_size_type total;
12555 bfd_boolean big_sec;
12557 struct map_stub *group;
12558 bfd_size_type group_size;
12561 total = tail->size;
12562 group_size = (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail) != NULL
12563 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail)->has_14bit_branch
12564 ? stub_group_size >> 10 : stub_group_size);
12566 big_sec = total > group_size;
12567 if (big_sec && !suppress_size_errors)
12568 /* xgettext:c-format */
12569 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12570 tail->owner, tail);
12571 curr_toc = htab->sec_info[tail->id].toc_off;
12573 while ((prev = htab->sec_info[curr->id].u.list) != NULL
12574 && ((total += curr->output_offset - prev->output_offset)
12575 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev) != NULL
12576 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev)->has_14bit_branch
12577 ? (group_size = stub_group_size >> 10) : group_size))
12578 && htab->sec_info[prev->id].toc_off == curr_toc)
12581 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
12582 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
12583 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
12584 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
12585 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
12586 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
12587 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
12588 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
12589 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
12590 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
12591 group = bfd_alloc (curr->owner, sizeof (*group));
12594 group->link_sec = curr;
12595 group->stub_sec = NULL;
12596 group->needs_save_res = 0;
12597 group->lr_restore = 0;
12598 group->eh_size = 0;
12599 group->eh_base = 0;
12600 group->next = htab->group;
12601 htab->group = group;
12604 prev = htab->sec_info[tail->id].u.list;
12605 /* Set up this stub group. */
12606 htab->sec_info[tail->id].u.group = group;
12608 while (tail != curr && (tail = prev) != NULL);
12610 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
12611 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
12612 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
12613 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
12614 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
12615 if (!stubs_always_before_branch && !big_sec)
12618 while (prev != NULL
12619 && ((total += tail->output_offset - prev->output_offset)
12620 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev) != NULL
12621 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev)->has_14bit_branch
12622 ? (group_size = stub_group_size >> 10)
12624 && htab->sec_info[prev->id].toc_off == curr_toc)
12627 prev = htab->sec_info[tail->id].u.list;
12628 htab->sec_info[tail->id].u.group = group;
12637 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
12639 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
12640 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
12641 1, /* CIE version. */
12642 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
12643 4, /* Code alignment. */
12644 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
12646 1, /* Augmentation size. */
12647 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
12648 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
12651 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
12652 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
12653 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
12657 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec)
12659 if (isec->size == 0
12660 && isec->output_section->size == 0
12661 && !(isec->output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP)
12662 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info->output_bfd,
12663 isec->output_section)
12664 && elf_section_data (isec->output_section)->dynindx == 0)
12666 isec->output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
12667 bfd_section_list_remove (info->output_bfd, isec->output_section);
12668 info->output_bfd->section_count--;
12672 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
12674 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
12675 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
12679 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
12681 bfd_size_type stub_group_size;
12682 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch;
12683 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
12688 if (htab->params->plt_thread_safe == -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info))
12689 htab->params->plt_thread_safe = 1;
12690 if (!htab->opd_abi)
12691 htab->params->plt_thread_safe = 0;
12692 else if (htab->params->plt_thread_safe == -1)
12694 static const char *const thread_starter[] =
12698 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
12700 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
12701 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
12706 "GOMP_parallel_start",
12707 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
12708 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
12709 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
12710 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
12711 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
12712 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
12713 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
12714 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
12715 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
12716 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
12722 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter); i++)
12724 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12725 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, thread_starter[i],
12726 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
12727 htab->params->plt_thread_safe = h != NULL && h->ref_regular;
12728 if (htab->params->plt_thread_safe)
12732 stubs_always_before_branch = htab->params->group_size < 0;
12733 if (htab->params->group_size < 0)
12734 stub_group_size = -htab->params->group_size;
12736 stub_group_size = htab->params->group_size;
12738 if (!group_sections (info, stub_group_size, stubs_always_before_branch))
12741 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
12742 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
12743 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
12744 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
12745 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
12746 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
12751 unsigned int bfd_indx;
12752 struct map_stub *group;
12754 htab->stub_iteration += 1;
12756 for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds, bfd_indx = 0;
12758 input_bfd = input_bfd->link.next, bfd_indx++)
12760 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12762 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
12764 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd))
12767 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
12768 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
12769 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info == 0)
12772 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
12773 for (section = input_bfd->sections;
12775 section = section->next)
12777 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs, *irelaend, *irela;
12779 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
12781 if ((section->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
12782 || (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
12783 || (section->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
12784 || (section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
12785 || section->reloc_count == 0)
12788 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
12789 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
12790 if (section->output_section == NULL
12791 || section->output_section->owner != info->output_bfd)
12794 /* Get the relocs. */
12796 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd, section, NULL, NULL,
12797 info->keep_memory);
12798 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
12799 goto error_ret_free_local;
12801 /* Now examine each relocation. */
12802 irela = internal_relocs;
12803 irelaend = irela + section->reloc_count;
12804 for (; irela < irelaend; irela++)
12806 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
12807 unsigned int r_indx;
12808 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type;
12809 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
12810 asection *sym_sec, *code_sec;
12811 bfd_vma sym_value, code_value;
12812 bfd_vma destination;
12813 unsigned long local_off;
12814 bfd_boolean ok_dest;
12815 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *hash;
12816 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh;
12817 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12818 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
12820 const asection *id_sec;
12821 struct _opd_sec_data *opd;
12822 struct plt_entry *plt_ent;
12824 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (irela->r_info);
12825 r_indx = ELF64_R_SYM (irela->r_info);
12827 if (r_type >= R_PPC64_max)
12829 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
12830 goto error_ret_free_internal;
12833 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
12834 if (r_type != R_PPC64_REL24
12835 && r_type != R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12836 && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14
12837 && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12838 && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
12841 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
12843 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
12844 r_indx, input_bfd))
12845 goto error_ret_free_internal;
12846 hash = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h;
12853 sym_value = sym->st_value;
12854 if (sym_sec != NULL
12855 && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
12858 else if (hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
12859 || hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12861 sym_value = hash->elf.root.u.def.value;
12862 if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
12865 else if (hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
12866 || hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
12868 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
12869 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
12871 if (hash->elf.root.root.string[0] == '.'
12872 && hash->oh != NULL)
12874 fdh = ppc_follow_link (hash->oh);
12875 if (fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
12876 || fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12878 sym_sec = fdh->elf.root.u.def.section;
12879 sym_value = fdh->elf.root.u.def.value;
12880 if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
12889 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
12890 goto error_ret_free_internal;
12897 sym_value += irela->r_addend;
12898 destination = (sym_value
12899 + sym_sec->output_offset
12900 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
12901 local_off = PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
12906 code_sec = sym_sec;
12907 code_value = sym_value;
12908 opd = get_opd_info (sym_sec);
12913 if (hash == NULL && opd->adjust != NULL)
12915 long adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (sym_value)];
12918 code_value += adjust;
12919 sym_value += adjust;
12921 dest = opd_entry_value (sym_sec, sym_value,
12922 &code_sec, &code_value, FALSE);
12923 if (dest != (bfd_vma) -1)
12925 destination = dest;
12928 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
12930 hash->elf.root.type = bfd_link_hash_defweak;
12931 hash->elf.root.u.def.section = code_sec;
12932 hash->elf.root.u.def.value = code_value;
12937 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
12939 stub_type = ppc_type_of_stub (section, irela, &hash,
12940 &plt_ent, destination,
12943 if (r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC)
12945 if (stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call)
12946 stub_type = ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc;
12947 else if (stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch
12948 || (code_sec != NULL
12949 && code_sec->output_section != NULL
12950 && (((hash ? hash->elf.other : sym->st_other)
12951 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK)
12952 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT)))
12953 stub_type = ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc;
12955 else if (stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_call)
12957 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
12958 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
12959 different object files when creating the
12960 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
12961 call to what looks like a local sym is in
12962 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
12963 if ((code_sec != NULL
12964 && code_sec->output_section != NULL
12965 && (htab->sec_info[code_sec->id].toc_off
12966 != htab->sec_info[section->id].toc_off)
12967 && (code_sec->has_toc_reloc
12968 || code_sec->makes_toc_func_call))
12969 || (((hash ? hash->elf.other : sym->st_other)
12970 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK)
12971 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT))
12972 stub_type = ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off;
12975 if (stub_type == ppc_stub_none)
12978 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
12979 if (stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_call
12980 && stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
12982 && (hash == htab->tls_get_addr
12983 || hash == htab->tls_get_addr_fd)
12984 && section->has_tls_reloc
12985 && irela != internal_relocs)
12987 /* Get tls info. */
12988 unsigned char *tls_mask;
12990 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask, NULL, NULL, &local_syms,
12991 irela - 1, input_bfd))
12992 goto error_ret_free_internal;
12993 if ((*tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0)
12997 if (stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call)
13000 && htab->params->plt_localentry0 != 0
13001 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash->elf))
13002 htab->has_plt_localentry0 = 1;
13003 else if (irela + 1 < irelaend
13004 && irela[1].r_offset == irela->r_offset + 4
13005 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela[1].r_info)
13006 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE))
13008 if (!tocsave_find (htab, INSERT,
13009 &local_syms, irela + 1, input_bfd))
13010 goto error_ret_free_internal;
13013 stub_type = ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save;
13016 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13017 id_sec = htab->sec_info[section->id].u.group->link_sec;
13019 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13020 stub_name = ppc_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hash, irela);
13022 goto error_ret_free_internal;
13024 stub_entry = ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->stub_hash_table,
13025 stub_name, FALSE, FALSE);
13026 if (stub_entry != NULL)
13028 enum ppc_stub_type old_type;
13029 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13030 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13031 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13032 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13033 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13034 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13036 old_type = stub_entry->stub_type;
13042 case ppc_stub_save_res:
13045 case ppc_stub_plt_call:
13046 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save:
13047 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
13048 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both:
13049 if (stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call)
13051 else if (stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
13053 if (old_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc)
13054 stub_type = ppc_stub_plt_call_both;
13056 else if (stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc)
13058 if (old_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save)
13059 stub_type = ppc_stub_plt_call_both;
13065 case ppc_stub_plt_branch:
13066 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off:
13067 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
13068 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both:
13069 old_type += (ppc_stub_long_branch
13070 - ppc_stub_plt_branch);
13071 /* Fall through. */
13072 case ppc_stub_long_branch:
13073 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off:
13074 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
13075 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both:
13076 if (stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch)
13078 else if (stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off)
13080 if (old_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc)
13081 stub_type = ppc_stub_long_branch_both;
13083 else if (stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc)
13085 if (old_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off)
13086 stub_type = ppc_stub_long_branch_both;
13092 if (old_type < stub_type)
13093 stub_entry->stub_type = stub_type;
13097 stub_entry = ppc_add_stub (stub_name, section, info);
13098 if (stub_entry == NULL)
13101 error_ret_free_internal:
13102 if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs == NULL)
13103 free (internal_relocs);
13104 error_ret_free_local:
13105 if (local_syms != NULL
13106 && (symtab_hdr->contents
13107 != (unsigned char *) local_syms))
13112 stub_entry->stub_type = stub_type;
13113 if (stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call
13114 && stub_type <= ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
13116 stub_entry->target_value = sym_value;
13117 stub_entry->target_section = sym_sec;
13121 stub_entry->target_value = code_value;
13122 stub_entry->target_section = code_sec;
13124 stub_entry->h = hash;
13125 stub_entry->plt_ent = plt_ent;
13126 stub_entry->symtype
13127 = hash ? hash->elf.type : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info);
13128 stub_entry->other = hash ? hash->elf.other : sym->st_other;
13131 && (hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
13132 || hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
13133 htab->stub_globals += 1;
13136 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13137 if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
13138 free (internal_relocs);
13141 if (local_syms != NULL
13142 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
13144 if (!info->keep_memory)
13147 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
13151 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13153 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13155 group->lr_restore = 0;
13156 group->eh_size = 0;
13157 if (group->stub_sec != NULL)
13159 asection *stub_sec = group->stub_sec;
13161 if (htab->stub_iteration <= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13162 || stub_sec->rawsize < stub_sec->size)
13163 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13164 stub_sec->rawsize = stub_sec->size;
13165 stub_sec->size = 0;
13166 stub_sec->reloc_count = 0;
13167 stub_sec->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
13171 if (htab->stub_iteration <= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13172 || htab->brlt->rawsize < htab->brlt->size)
13173 htab->brlt->rawsize = htab->brlt->size;
13174 htab->brlt->size = 0;
13175 htab->brlt->reloc_count = 0;
13176 htab->brlt->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
13177 if (htab->relbrlt != NULL)
13178 htab->relbrlt->size = 0;
13180 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab->stub_hash_table, ppc_size_one_stub, info);
13182 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13183 if (group->needs_save_res)
13184 group->stub_sec->size += htab->sfpr->size;
13186 if (info->emitrelocations
13187 && htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0)
13189 htab->glink->reloc_count = 1;
13190 htab->glink->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
13193 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
13194 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
13195 && htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->size > 8)
13197 size_t size = 0, align = 4;
13199 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13200 if (group->eh_size != 0)
13201 size += (group->eh_size + 17 + align - 1) & -align;
13202 if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0)
13203 size += (24 + align - 1) & -align;
13205 size += (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + align - 1) & -align;
13206 align = 1ul << htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->alignment_power;
13207 size = (size + align - 1) & -align;
13208 htab->glink_eh_frame->rawsize = htab->glink_eh_frame->size;
13209 htab->glink_eh_frame->size = size;
13212 if (htab->params->plt_stub_align != 0)
13213 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13214 if (group->stub_sec != NULL)
13216 int align = abs (htab->params->plt_stub_align);
13217 group->stub_sec->size
13218 = (group->stub_sec->size + (1 << align) - 1) & -(1 << align);
13221 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13222 if (group->stub_sec != NULL
13223 && group->stub_sec->rawsize != group->stub_sec->size
13224 && (htab->stub_iteration <= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13225 || group->stub_sec->rawsize < group->stub_sec->size))
13229 && (htab->brlt->rawsize == htab->brlt->size
13230 || (htab->stub_iteration > STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13231 && htab->brlt->rawsize > htab->brlt->size))
13232 && (htab->glink_eh_frame == NULL
13233 || htab->glink_eh_frame->rawsize == htab->glink_eh_frame->size))
13236 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13237 (*htab->params->layout_sections_again) ();
13240 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
13241 && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0)
13244 bfd_byte *p, *last_fde;
13245 size_t last_fde_len, size, align, pad;
13246 struct map_stub *group;
13248 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13249 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13250 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13251 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13252 p = bfd_zalloc (htab->glink_eh_frame->owner, htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
13255 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents = p;
13259 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
13260 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13261 last_fde_len = ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + align - 1) & -align) - 4;
13262 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, last_fde_len, p);
13263 p += last_fde_len + 4;
13265 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13266 if (group->eh_size != 0)
13268 group->eh_base = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
13270 last_fde_len = ((group->eh_size + 17 + align - 1) & -align) - 4;
13272 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, last_fde_len, p);
13275 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
13276 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
13278 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13280 /* stub section size. */
13281 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, group->stub_sec->size, p);
13283 /* Augmentation. */
13285 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13286 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13287 p[group->eh_size - 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 1;
13288 p = last_fde + last_fde_len + 4;
13290 if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0)
13293 last_fde_len = ((24 + align - 1) & -align) - 4;
13295 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, last_fde_len, p);
13298 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
13299 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
13301 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13304 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size - 8, p);
13306 /* Augmentation. */
13309 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 1;
13310 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
13312 *p++ = htab->opd_abi ? 12 : 0;
13313 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + (htab->opd_abi ? 5 : 7);
13314 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
13316 p += ((24 + align - 1) & -align) - 24;
13318 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13319 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13320 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13321 align = 1ul << htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->alignment_power;
13322 size = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
13323 pad = ((size + align - 1) & -align) - size;
13324 htab->glink_eh_frame->size = size + pad;
13325 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, last_fde_len + pad, last_fde);
13328 maybe_strip_output (info, htab->brlt);
13329 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL)
13330 maybe_strip_output (info, htab->glink_eh_frame);
13335 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13336 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13339 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *obfd)
13342 bfd_vma TOCstart, adjust;
13346 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13347 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
13349 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab)
13350 && htab->hgot != NULL)
13354 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (htab, ".TOC.", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13355 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab))
13359 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
13360 && !h->root.linker_def
13361 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab)
13362 || h->def_regular))
13364 TOCstart = (h->root.u.def.value - TOC_BASE_OFF
13365 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
13366 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
13367 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd, TOCstart);
13372 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13373 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13374 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd, ".got");
13375 if (s == NULL || (s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
13376 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd, ".toc");
13377 if (s == NULL || (s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
13378 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd, ".tocbss");
13379 if (s == NULL || (s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
13380 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd, ".plt");
13381 if (s == NULL || (s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
13383 /* This may happen for
13384 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13386 o bad linker script
13387 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13389 FIXME: Warn user? */
13391 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13393 for (s = obfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
13394 if ((s->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_READONLY
13396 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
13399 for (s = obfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
13400 if ((s->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_EXCLUDE))
13401 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
13404 for (s = obfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
13405 if ((s->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_EXCLUDE))
13409 for (s = obfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
13410 if ((s->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
13416 TOCstart = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
13418 /* Force alignment. */
13419 adjust = TOCstart & (TOC_BASE_ALIGN - 1);
13420 TOCstart -= adjust;
13421 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd, TOCstart);
13423 if (info != NULL && s != NULL)
13425 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
13429 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
13431 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = TOC_BASE_OFF - adjust;
13432 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section = s;
13437 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
13438 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, obfd, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL,
13439 s, TOC_BASE_OFF - adjust,
13440 NULL, FALSE, FALSE, &bh);
13446 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13447 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13450 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
13452 struct bfd_link_info *info;
13453 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
13454 struct plt_entry *ent;
13457 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
13461 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
13465 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
13466 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
13468 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13469 table. Set it up. */
13470 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
13471 asection *plt, *relplt;
13474 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
13475 || h->dynindx == -1)
13477 if (!(h->def_regular
13478 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
13479 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)))
13481 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
13483 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
13484 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
13485 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
13487 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL);
13489 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE);
13493 plt = htab->pltlocal;
13494 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
13496 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
13498 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT);
13500 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE);
13505 rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
13506 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
13507 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
13510 if (relplt == NULL)
13512 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
13513 bfd_put_64 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
13516 bfd_vma toc = elf_gp (info->output_bfd);
13517 toc += htab->sec_info[h->root.u.def.section->id].toc_off;
13518 bfd_put_64 (info->output_bfd, toc, loc + 8);
13523 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
13524 + plt->output_offset
13525 + ent->plt.offset);
13526 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
13527 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela));
13528 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
13533 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
13534 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
13535 + ent->plt.offset);
13536 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT);
13537 rela.r_addend = ent->addend;
13538 loc = (htab->elf.srelplt->contents
13539 + ((ent->plt.offset - PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab))
13540 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)));
13541 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
13542 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
13543 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
13547 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
13550 if (h->def_regular)
13553 s = htab->global_entry;
13554 if (s == NULL || s->size == 0)
13557 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
13558 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
13559 && ent->addend == 0)
13565 p = s->contents + h->root.u.def.value;
13566 plt = htab->elf.splt;
13567 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
13568 || h->dynindx == -1)
13570 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
13571 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
13573 plt = htab->pltlocal;
13575 off = ent->plt.offset + plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma;
13576 off -= h->root.u.def.value + s->output_offset + s->output_section->vma;
13578 if (off + 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off & 3) != 0)
13580 info->callbacks->einfo
13581 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
13582 h->root.root.string);
13583 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
13584 htab->stub_error = TRUE;
13587 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_global_entry - 1] += 1;
13588 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
13590 size_t len = strlen (h->root.root.string);
13591 char *name = bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len);
13596 sprintf (name, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s->id, h->root.root.string);
13597 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
13600 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
13602 h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
13603 h->root.u.def.section = s;
13604 h->root.u.def.value = p - s->contents;
13605 h->ref_regular = 1;
13606 h->def_regular = 1;
13607 h->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
13608 h->forced_local = 1;
13610 h->root.linker_def = 1;
13614 if (PPC_HA (off) != 0)
13616 bfd_put_32 (s->owner, ADDIS_R12_R12 | PPC_HA (off), p);
13619 bfd_put_32 (s->owner, LD_R12_0R12 | PPC_LO (off), p);
13621 bfd_put_32 (s->owner, MTCTR_R12, p);
13623 bfd_put_32 (s->owner, BCTR, p);
13629 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
13632 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
13634 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
13637 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
13639 struct got_entry **lgot_ents, **end_lgot_ents;
13640 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
13641 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
13642 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
13643 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
13644 struct plt_entry *ent;
13646 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd))
13649 lgot_ents = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd);
13653 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
13654 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
13655 end_lgot_ents = lgot_ents + locsymcount;
13656 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_lgot_ents;
13657 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
13658 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
13659 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
13660 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
13662 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
13664 asection *plt, *relplt;
13668 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
13669 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
13671 if (local_syms != NULL
13672 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
13677 val = sym->st_value + ent->addend;
13678 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
13679 val += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym->st_other);
13680 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
13681 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
13683 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
13685 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
13686 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
13687 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
13691 plt = htab->pltlocal;
13692 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
13695 if (relplt == NULL)
13697 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
13698 bfd_put_64 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
13701 bfd_vma toc = elf_gp (ibfd);
13702 bfd_put_64 (info->output_bfd, toc, loc + 8);
13707 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
13708 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
13709 + plt->output_offset
13710 + plt->output_section->vma);
13711 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
13714 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL);
13716 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE);
13721 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT);
13723 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE);
13725 rela.r_addend = val;
13726 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
13727 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela));
13728 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
13732 if (local_syms != NULL
13733 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
13735 if (!info->keep_memory)
13738 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
13744 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
13745 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
13746 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
13749 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
13752 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
13753 struct map_stub *group;
13754 asection *stub_sec;
13756 int stub_sec_count = 0;
13761 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
13762 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13764 group->eh_size = 0;
13765 group->lr_restore = 0;
13766 if ((stub_sec = group->stub_sec) != NULL
13767 && stub_sec->size != 0)
13769 stub_sec->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->params->stub_bfd,
13771 if (stub_sec->contents == NULL)
13773 stub_sec->size = 0;
13777 if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0)
13782 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
13783 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
13785 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13786 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
13787 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
13790 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
13792 h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
13793 h->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
13794 h->root.u.def.value = 8;
13795 h->ref_regular = 1;
13796 h->def_regular = 1;
13797 h->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
13798 h->forced_local = 1;
13800 h->root.linker_def = 1;
13803 plt0 = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
13804 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
13806 if (info->emitrelocations)
13808 Elf_Internal_Rela *r = get_relocs (htab->glink, 1);
13811 r->r_offset = (htab->glink->output_offset
13812 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
13813 r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64);
13814 r->r_addend = plt0;
13816 p = htab->glink->contents;
13817 plt0 -= htab->glink->output_section->vma + htab->glink->output_offset;
13818 bfd_put_64 (htab->glink->owner, plt0, p);
13822 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MFLR_R12, p);
13824 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, BCL_20_31, p);
13826 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MFLR_R11, p);
13828 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R2_0R11 | (-16 & 0xfffc), p);
13830 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MTLR_R12, p);
13832 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, ADD_R11_R2_R11, p);
13834 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R12_0R11, p);
13836 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R2_0R11 | 8, p);
13838 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MTCTR_R12, p);
13840 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R11_0R11 | 16, p);
13845 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MFLR_R0, p);
13847 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, BCL_20_31, p);
13849 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MFLR_R11, p);
13851 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, STD_R2_0R1 + 24, p);
13853 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R2_0R11 | (-16 & 0xfffc), p);
13855 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MTLR_R0, p);
13857 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, SUB_R12_R12_R11, p);
13859 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, ADD_R11_R2_R11, p);
13861 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, ADDI_R0_R12 | (-48 & 0xffff), p);
13863 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R12_0R11, p);
13865 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, SRDI_R0_R0_2, p);
13867 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MTCTR_R12, p);
13869 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R11_0R11 | 8, p);
13872 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, BCTR, p);
13874 BFD_ASSERT (p == htab->glink->contents + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab));
13876 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
13878 while (p < htab->glink->contents + htab->glink->size)
13884 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LI_R0_0 | indx, p);
13889 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LIS_R0_0 | PPC_HI (indx), p);
13891 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, ORI_R0_R0_0 | PPC_LO (indx),
13896 bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner,
13897 B_DOT | ((htab->glink->contents - p + 8) & 0x3fffffc), p);
13903 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
13904 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt, info);
13906 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info))
13909 if (htab->brlt != NULL && htab->brlt->size != 0)
13911 htab->brlt->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->brlt->owner,
13913 if (htab->brlt->contents == NULL)
13916 if (htab->relbrlt != NULL && htab->relbrlt->size != 0)
13918 htab->relbrlt->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->relbrlt->owner,
13919 htab->relbrlt->size);
13920 if (htab->relbrlt->contents == NULL)
13924 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
13925 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab->stub_hash_table, ppc_build_one_stub, info);
13927 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13928 if (group->needs_save_res)
13929 group->stub_sec->size += htab->sfpr->size;
13931 if (htab->relbrlt != NULL)
13932 htab->relbrlt->reloc_count = 0;
13934 if (htab->params->plt_stub_align != 0)
13935 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13936 if ((stub_sec = group->stub_sec) != NULL)
13938 int align = abs (htab->params->plt_stub_align);
13939 stub_sec->size = (stub_sec->size + (1 << align) - 1) & -(1 << align);
13942 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13943 if (group->needs_save_res)
13945 stub_sec = group->stub_sec;
13946 memcpy (stub_sec->contents + stub_sec->size - htab->sfpr->size,
13947 htab->sfpr->contents, htab->sfpr->size);
13948 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
13952 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs); i++)
13953 if (!sfpr_define (info, &save_res_funcs[i], stub_sec))
13958 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
13959 && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0)
13964 p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
13965 p += (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + align - 1) & -align;
13967 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
13968 if (group->eh_size != 0)
13970 /* Offset to stub section. */
13971 val = (group->stub_sec->output_section->vma
13972 + group->stub_sec->output_offset);
13973 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
13974 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset
13975 + (p + 8 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents));
13976 if (val + 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
13979 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
13980 group->stub_sec->name);
13983 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p + 8);
13984 p += (group->eh_size + 17 + 3) & -4;
13986 if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0)
13988 /* Offset to .glink. */
13989 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
13990 + htab->glink->output_offset
13992 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
13993 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset
13994 + (p + 8 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents));
13995 if (val + 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
13998 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
13999 htab->glink->name);
14002 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p + 8);
14003 p += (24 + align - 1) & -align;
14007 for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next)
14008 if ((stub_sec = group->stub_sec) != NULL)
14010 stub_sec_count += 1;
14011 if (stub_sec->rawsize != stub_sec->size
14012 && (htab->stub_iteration <= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14013 || stub_sec->rawsize < stub_sec->size))
14019 htab->stub_error = TRUE;
14020 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14023 if (htab->stub_error)
14029 *stats = bfd_malloc (500);
14030 if (*stats == NULL)
14033 len = sprintf (*stats,
14034 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14035 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14038 sprintf (*stats + len, _(" branch %lu\n"
14039 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14040 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14041 " branch both %lu\n"
14042 " long branch %lu\n"
14043 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14044 " long notoc %lu\n"
14047 " plt call save %lu\n"
14048 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14049 " plt call both %lu\n"
14050 " global entry %lu"),
14051 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_long_branch - 1],
14052 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off - 1],
14053 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc - 1],
14054 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_long_branch_both - 1],
14055 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_branch - 1],
14056 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off - 1],
14057 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc - 1],
14058 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both - 1],
14059 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_call - 1],
14060 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save - 1],
14061 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc - 1],
14062 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_call_both - 1],
14063 htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_global_entry - 1]);
14068 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14069 discarded sections. */
14071 static unsigned int
14072 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
14074 if (strcmp (".opd", sec->name) == 0)
14077 if (strcmp (".toc", sec->name) == 0)
14080 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec->name) == 0)
14083 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
14086 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14087 to handle the relocations for a section.
14089 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14090 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14093 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14094 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14095 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14098 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14099 address or the reloc symbol index.
14101 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14103 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14104 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14106 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14107 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14109 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14110 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14111 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14112 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14116 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
14117 struct bfd_link_info *info,
14119 asection *input_section,
14120 bfd_byte *contents,
14121 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
14122 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
14123 asection **local_sections)
14125 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
14126 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
14127 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
14128 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
14129 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
14130 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
14131 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
14133 struct got_entry **local_got_ents;
14135 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
14136 bfd_boolean is_opd;
14137 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14138 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2 = TRUE;
14139 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
14141 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14142 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table[R_PPC64_ADDR32])
14145 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
14149 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14150 if (input_section->owner == htab->params->stub_bfd)
14153 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd))
14155 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
14159 local_got_ents = elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd);
14160 TOCstart = elf_gp (output_bfd);
14161 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
14162 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
14163 is_opd = ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_type == sec_opd;
14165 rel = wrel = relocs;
14166 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
14167 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
14169 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
14171 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
14172 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
14174 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h_elf;
14175 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h;
14176 struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh;
14177 const char *sym_name;
14178 unsigned long r_symndx, toc_symndx;
14179 bfd_vma toc_addend;
14180 unsigned char tls_mask, tls_gd, tls_type;
14181 unsigned char sym_type;
14182 bfd_vma relocation;
14183 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
14184 bfd_boolean warned;
14185 enum { DEST_NORMAL, DEST_OPD, DEST_STUB } reloc_dest;
14188 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
14189 bfd_vma max_br_offset;
14191 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel;
14192 reloc_howto_type *howto;
14193 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
14200 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
14201 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
14203 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14204 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14205 proper TOC base to use. */
14206 if (rel->r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC)
14208 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14210 r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (wrel[-1].r_info);
14216 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
14219 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
14221 /* It's a local symbol. */
14222 struct _opd_sec_data *opd;
14224 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
14225 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
14226 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
14227 sym_type = ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info);
14228 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
14229 opd = get_opd_info (sec);
14230 if (opd != NULL && opd->adjust != NULL)
14232 long adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (sym->st_value
14238 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14239 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14240 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14241 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14242 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14243 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
14244 rel->r_addend += adjust;
14246 relocation += adjust;
14252 bfd_boolean ignored;
14254 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
14255 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
14256 h_elf, sec, relocation,
14257 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
14258 sym_name = h_elf->root.root.string;
14259 sym_type = h_elf->type;
14261 && sec->owner == output_bfd
14262 && strcmp (sec->name, ".opd") == 0)
14264 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14265 such are defined in output sections, even those
14266 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14267 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14268 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14269 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14270 by the opd entry. */
14271 struct bfd_link_order *lo;
14272 for (lo = sec->map_head.link_order; lo != NULL; lo = lo->next)
14273 if (lo->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
14275 asection *isec = lo->u.indirect.section;
14276 if (h_elf->root.u.def.value >= isec->output_offset
14277 && h_elf->root.u.def.value < (isec->output_offset
14280 h_elf->root.u.def.value -= isec->output_offset;
14281 h_elf->root.u.def.section = isec;
14288 h = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) h_elf;
14290 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
14292 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type],
14293 input_bfd, input_section,
14294 contents, rel->r_offset);
14295 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
14297 wrel->r_addend = 0;
14299 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14300 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14301 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14302 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14303 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
14304 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
14310 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
14313 if (h != NULL && &h->elf == htab->elf.hgot)
14315 relocation = TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off;
14316 sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
14317 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
14320 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14321 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14322 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14323 for the final instruction stream. */
14328 tls_mask = h->tls_mask;
14329 else if (local_got_ents != NULL)
14331 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
14332 (local_got_ents + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
14333 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
14334 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
14335 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
14337 if (((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0 || tls_mask == (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
14338 && (r_type == R_PPC64_TLS
14339 || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSGD
14340 || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSLD))
14342 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14343 unsigned char *toc_tls;
14345 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls, &toc_symndx, &toc_addend,
14346 &local_syms, rel, input_bfd))
14350 tls_mask = *toc_tls;
14353 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
14354 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
14355 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
14356 && r_type != R_PPC64_NONE
14358 || h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
14359 || h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
14360 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
14362 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
14363 && (r_type == R_PPC64_TLS
14364 || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSGD
14365 || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSLD))
14366 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
14369 info->callbacks->einfo
14370 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type)
14371 /* xgettext:c-format */
14372 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
14373 /* xgettext:c-format */
14374 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
14375 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
14376 ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name,
14380 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
14381 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS != R_PPC64_TOC16_DS + 1
14382 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO != R_PPC64_TOC16 + 1
14383 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
14384 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
14385 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
14386 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
14387 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS & 3)
14388 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS & 3)
14389 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
14390 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
14398 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT:
14399 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
14400 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) != 58u << 26)
14402 insn += (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
14403 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
14404 r_type = R_PPC64_TOC16_LO;
14405 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14408 case R_PPC64_TOC16:
14409 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
14410 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
14411 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
14413 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14414 unsigned char *toc_tls;
14417 retval = get_tls_mask (&toc_tls, &toc_symndx, &toc_addend,
14418 &local_syms, rel, input_bfd);
14424 tls_mask = *toc_tls;
14425 if (r_type == R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
14426 || r_type == R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS)
14428 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
14429 && (tls_mask & (TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) == 0)
14434 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
14435 doing a GD->IE transition. */
14439 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
14440 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
14443 else if (retval == 3)
14445 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
14446 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
14454 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
14455 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
14456 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
14457 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
14459 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
14460 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
14461 r_type = R_PPC64_NONE;
14462 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14466 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS:
14467 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS:
14468 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
14469 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
14472 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
14473 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
14475 insn |= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
14476 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
14477 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
14478 r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA;
14479 if (toc_symndx != 0)
14481 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx, r_type);
14482 rel->r_addend = toc_addend;
14483 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
14484 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
14488 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14492 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34:
14493 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
14494 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
14496 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
14497 pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
14499 pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
14500 pinsn += ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
14501 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
14502 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32,
14503 contents + rel->r_offset);
14504 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn & 0xffffffff,
14505 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
14506 r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL34;
14507 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14512 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
14513 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
14515 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
14516 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 13);
14519 if ((rel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
14521 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
14522 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
14523 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
14524 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
14525 r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO;
14526 if (toc_symndx != 0)
14528 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx, r_type);
14529 rel->r_addend = toc_addend;
14530 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
14531 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
14535 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14537 else if ((rel->r_offset & 3) == 1)
14539 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
14540 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
14542 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14 << 26)
14544 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
14545 unsigned int rt = (insn >> 21) & 0x1f;
14546 unsigned int ra = (insn >> 16) & 0x1f;
14551 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
14552 insn = (rt << 16) | (ra << 21) | (ra << 11);
14553 insn |= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
14556 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
14561 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
14562 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
14564 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
14568 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
14569 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
14570 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
14573 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
14574 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
14575 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS);
14578 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
14579 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
14580 r_type = R_PPC64_NONE;
14582 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14586 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16:
14587 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
14589 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
14593 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16:
14594 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
14595 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
14597 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
14600 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
14601 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
14602 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
14603 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
14604 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
14605 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
14606 if (input_section->has_tls_get_addr_call
14607 && rel + 1 < relend
14608 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
14609 htab->tls_get_addr,
14610 htab->tls_get_addr_fd))
14611 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
14612 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
14613 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
14614 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
14615 before the call by intervening code. */
14616 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
14617 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
14618 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
14621 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
14622 insn1 |= 58 << 26; /* ld */
14623 insn2 = 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
14624 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
14625 rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC64_NONE);
14626 if (r_type == R_PPC64_TOC16
14627 || r_type == R_PPC64_TOC16_LO)
14628 r_type += R_PPC64_TOC16_DS - R_PPC64_TOC16;
14630 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16 & 1)) & 1)
14631 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS);
14632 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14637 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
14638 insn1 |= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
14639 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
14642 /* Was an LD reloc. */
14643 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
14644 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
14646 else if (toc_symndx != 0)
14648 r_symndx = toc_symndx;
14649 rel->r_addend = toc_addend;
14651 r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA;
14652 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14653 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
14655 rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx,
14656 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO);
14657 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
14658 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
14661 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
14662 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
14663 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
14665 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
14666 if (offset + 8 <= input_section->size)
14668 insn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
14669 if (insn2 == LD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab))
14670 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset + 4);
14673 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) == 0
14674 && (tls_gd == 0 || toc_symndx != 0))
14676 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
14677 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
14683 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34:
14684 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
14686 pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
14688 pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
14689 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
14691 /* IE, pla -> pld */
14692 pinsn += (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
14693 r_type = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34;
14697 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
14698 pinsn += (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
14699 r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL34;
14701 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14702 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32,
14703 contents + rel->r_offset);
14704 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn & 0xffffffff,
14705 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
14709 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34:
14710 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
14712 pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
14714 pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
14715 pinsn += (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
14716 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32,
14717 contents + rel->r_offset);
14718 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn & 0xffffffff,
14719 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
14720 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
14721 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
14722 r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL34;
14723 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14728 case R_PPC64_TLSGD:
14729 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
14730 && rel + 1 < relend)
14732 unsigned int insn2;
14733 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1 = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
14735 offset = rel->r_offset;
14736 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1))
14738 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
14739 if (r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
14740 || r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC)
14741 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset + 4);
14742 rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC64_NONE);
14746 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL)
14747 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset + 4);
14749 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
14752 r_type = R_PPC64_NONE;
14753 insn2 = 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
14758 if (toc_symndx != 0)
14760 r_symndx = toc_symndx;
14761 rel->r_addend = toc_addend;
14763 if (r_type1 == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
14764 || r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC)
14766 r_type = R_PPC64_NONE;
14771 rel->r_offset = offset + d_offset;
14772 r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO;
14773 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
14776 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14777 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
14778 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
14779 rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC64_NONE);
14780 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
14781 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) == 0
14783 && r_type != R_PPC64_NONE)
14788 case R_PPC64_TLSLD:
14789 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
14790 && rel + 1 < relend)
14792 unsigned int insn2;
14793 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1 = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
14795 offset = rel->r_offset;
14796 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1))
14798 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
14799 if (r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
14800 || r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC)
14801 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset + 4);
14802 rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC64_NONE);
14806 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL)
14807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset + 4);
14809 if (r_type1 == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
14810 || r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC)
14812 r_type = R_PPC64_NONE;
14817 rel->r_offset = offset + d_offset;
14818 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
14819 r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO;
14820 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
14821 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
14823 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14824 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
14825 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
14826 rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC64_NONE);
14827 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
14828 if (r_type != R_PPC64_NONE)
14833 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64:
14834 if (rel + 1 < relend
14835 && rel[1].r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_DTPREL64)
14836 && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 8)
14838 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
14840 rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_NONE);
14841 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
14842 r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL64;
14845 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 1, contents + rel->r_offset);
14846 r_type = R_PPC64_NONE;
14848 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14853 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
14855 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 1, contents + rel->r_offset);
14856 r_type = R_PPC64_NONE;
14857 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14862 case R_PPC64_TPREL64:
14863 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
14865 r_type = R_PPC64_NONE;
14866 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14870 case R_PPC64_ENTRY:
14871 relocation = TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off;
14872 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
14873 && !info->traditional_format
14874 && relocation + 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
14876 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
14878 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
14879 insn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
14880 if ((insn1 & ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
14881 && insn2 == ADD_R2_R2_R12)
14883 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
14884 LIS_R2 + PPC_HA (relocation),
14885 contents + rel->r_offset);
14886 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
14887 ADDI_R2_R2 + PPC_LO (relocation),
14888 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
14893 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
14894 + input_section->output_offset
14895 + input_section->output_section->vma);
14896 if (relocation + 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
14898 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
14900 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
14901 insn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
14902 if ((insn1 & ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
14903 && insn2 == ADD_R2_R2_R12)
14905 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
14906 ADDIS_R2_R12 + PPC_HA (relocation),
14907 contents + rel->r_offset);
14908 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
14909 ADDI_R2_R2 + PPC_LO (relocation),
14910 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
14916 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA:
14917 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
14918 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
14919 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
14920 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
14923 if .TOC. is in range. */
14924 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
14925 && !info->traditional_format
14927 && rel->r_addend == d_offset
14928 && h != NULL && &h->elf == htab->elf.hgot
14929 && rel + 1 < relend
14930 && rel[1].r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_REL16_LO)
14931 && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 4
14932 && rel[1].r_addend == rel->r_addend + 4
14933 && relocation + 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
14935 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
14936 offset = rel->r_offset - d_offset;
14937 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
14938 insn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
14939 if ((insn1 & 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
14940 && (insn2 & 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2)
14942 r_type = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA;
14943 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
14944 rel->r_addend -= d_offset;
14945 rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO);
14946 rel[1].r_addend -= d_offset + 4;
14947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, LIS_R2, contents + offset);
14953 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
14955 max_br_offset = 1 << 25;
14956 addend = rel->r_addend;
14957 reloc_dest = DEST_NORMAL;
14963 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE:
14964 if (relocation + addend == (rel->r_offset
14965 + input_section->output_offset
14966 + input_section->output_section->vma)
14967 && tocsave_find (htab, NO_INSERT,
14968 &local_syms, rel, input_bfd))
14970 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
14972 || insn == CROR_151515 || insn == CROR_313131)
14973 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
14974 STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab),
14975 contents + rel->r_offset);
14979 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
14980 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
14981 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN:
14982 insn = 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
14983 /* Fall through. */
14985 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
14986 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
14987 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
14988 insn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
14989 contents + rel->r_offset) & ~(0x01 << 21);
14990 /* Fall through. */
14992 case R_PPC64_REL14:
14993 max_br_offset = 1 << 15;
14994 /* Fall through. */
14996 case R_PPC64_REL24:
14997 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC:
14998 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL:
14999 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC:
15000 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15001 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15002 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15003 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15004 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15009 && h->oh->is_func_descriptor)
15010 fdh = ppc_follow_link (h->oh);
15011 stub_entry = ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section, sec, fdh, &orig_rel,
15013 if ((r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15014 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC)
15015 && stub_entry != NULL
15016 && stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call
15017 && stub_entry->stub_type <= ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
15020 if (stub_entry != NULL
15021 && ((stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call
15022 && stub_entry->stub_type <= ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
15023 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15024 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15025 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15026 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both))
15028 bfd_boolean can_plt_call = FALSE;
15030 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call
15032 && htab->params->plt_localentry0 != 0
15033 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h->elf))
15035 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15036 can_plt_call = TRUE;
15038 else if (r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC)
15040 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15041 can_plt_call = TRUE;
15044 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15045 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15046 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15047 else if (rel->r_offset + 8 <= input_section->size)
15051 br = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
15052 contents + rel->r_offset);
15057 nop = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
15058 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
15059 if (nop == LD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab))
15060 can_plt_call = TRUE;
15061 else if (nop == NOP
15062 || nop == CROR_151515
15063 || nop == CROR_313131)
15066 && (h == htab->tls_get_addr_fd
15067 || h == htab->tls_get_addr)
15068 && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt)
15070 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15073 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
15074 LD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab),
15075 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
15076 can_plt_call = TRUE;
15081 if (!can_plt_call && h != NULL)
15083 const char *name = h->elf.root.root.string;
15088 if (strncmp (name, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15089 && (name[17] == 0 || name[17] == '@'))
15091 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15092 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15093 the same, if we could detect such. */
15094 can_plt_call = TRUE;
15100 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15101 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15102 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15103 global symbol and on the other a local call
15104 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15105 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15106 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15108 asection *code_sec = sec;
15110 if (get_opd_info (sec) != NULL)
15112 bfd_vma off = (relocation + addend
15113 - sec->output_section->vma
15114 - sec->output_offset);
15116 opd_entry_value (sec, off, &code_sec, NULL, FALSE);
15118 if (code_sec == input_section)
15119 can_plt_call = TRUE;
15124 if (stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call
15125 && stub_entry->stub_type <= ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
15126 info->callbacks->einfo
15127 /* xgettext:c-format */
15128 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15129 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15130 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
15132 info->callbacks->einfo
15133 /* xgettext:c-format */
15134 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15135 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15136 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
15138 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
15143 && stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call
15144 && stub_entry->stub_type <= ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
15145 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
15148 if ((stub_entry == NULL
15149 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch
15150 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch)
15151 && get_opd_info (sec) != NULL)
15153 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15154 bfd_vma off = (relocation + addend
15155 - sec->output_section->vma
15156 - sec->output_offset);
15157 bfd_vma dest = opd_entry_value (sec, off, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
15158 if (dest != (bfd_vma) -1)
15162 reloc_dest = DEST_OPD;
15166 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15168 from = (rel->r_offset
15169 + input_section->output_offset
15170 + input_section->output_section->vma);
15172 relocation += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15176 if (stub_entry != NULL
15177 && (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch
15178 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch)
15179 && (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15180 || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15181 || (relocation + addend - from + max_br_offset
15182 < 2 * max_br_offset)))
15183 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15186 if (stub_entry != NULL
15187 && (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15188 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15189 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15190 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both)
15191 && (r_type != R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15192 || ((fdh ? fdh->elf.other : sym->st_other)
15193 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT)
15194 && (relocation + addend - from + max_br_offset
15195 < 2 * max_br_offset))
15198 if (stub_entry != NULL
15199 && (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15200 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15201 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15202 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both)
15203 && r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15204 && (relocation + addend - from + max_br_offset
15205 < 2 * max_br_offset))
15208 if (stub_entry != NULL)
15210 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15211 rather than the procedure directly. */
15212 asection *stub_sec = stub_entry->group->stub_sec;
15214 if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_save_res)
15215 relocation += (stub_sec->output_offset
15216 + stub_sec->output_section->vma
15217 + stub_sec->size - htab->sfpr->size
15218 - htab->sfpr->output_offset
15219 - htab->sfpr->output_section->vma);
15221 relocation = (stub_entry->stub_offset
15222 + stub_sec->output_offset
15223 + stub_sec->output_section->vma);
15225 reloc_dest = DEST_STUB;
15227 if (((stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call
15228 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE)
15229 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15230 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
15232 && (h == htab->tls_get_addr_fd
15233 || h == htab->tls_get_addr)
15234 && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt)
15235 && rel + 1 < relend
15236 && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 4
15237 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE)
15239 else if ((stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15240 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15241 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both)
15242 && r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC)
15245 if (r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15246 && (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15247 || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both))
15248 htab->notoc_plt = 1;
15255 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15256 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15257 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15258 if ((insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15259 insn |= 0x02 << 21;
15260 else if ((insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15261 insn |= 0x08 << 21;
15267 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15268 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + addend - from) < 0)
15269 insn ^= 0x01 << 21;
15272 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
15275 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15276 We can thus call a weak function without first
15277 checking whether the function is defined. */
15279 && h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15280 && h->elf.dynindx == -1
15281 && (r_type == R_PPC64_REL24
15282 || r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC)
15286 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
15291 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
15292 from = TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off;
15293 if (relocation + addend - from + 0x8000 < 0x10000
15294 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf))
15296 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
15297 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15299 insn += (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15300 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
15301 r_type = R_PPC64_TOC16;
15302 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
15307 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
15308 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
15309 from = TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off;
15310 if (relocation + addend - from + 0x80008000ULL < 0x100000000ULL
15311 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf))
15313 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
15314 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15316 insn += (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
15318 r_type = R_PPC64_TOC16_LO;
15319 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
15321 else if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15323 r_type = R_PPC64_TOC16_HA;
15324 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
15329 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34:
15330 from = (rel->r_offset
15331 + input_section->output_section->vma
15332 + input_section->output_offset);
15333 if (relocation - from + (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15334 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf))
15336 offset = rel->r_offset;
15337 pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
15339 pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
15340 if ((pinsn & ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15341 == ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
15343 /* Replace with paddi. */
15344 pinsn += (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
15345 r_type = R_PPC64_PCREL34;
15346 rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
15347 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32, contents + offset);
15348 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn, contents + offset + 4);
15354 case R_PPC64_PCREL34:
15355 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf))
15357 offset = rel->r_offset;
15358 pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
15360 pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
15361 if ((pinsn & ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15362 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
15363 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
15366 if (rel + 1 < relend
15367 && rel[1].r_offset == offset
15368 && rel[1].r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT))
15370 bfd_vma off2 = rel[1].r_addend;
15372 /* zero means next insn. */
15375 if (off2 + 4 <= input_section->size)
15378 pinsn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + off2);
15380 if ((pinsn2 & (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15382 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn, &pinsn2))
15384 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32,
15385 contents + offset);
15386 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn,
15387 contents + offset + 4);
15388 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn2 >> 32,
15398 /* Set `addend'. */
15400 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
15404 /* xgettext:c-format */
15405 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
15406 input_bfd, ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
15408 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
15414 case R_PPC64_TLSGD:
15415 case R_PPC64_TLSLD:
15416 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE:
15417 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT:
15418 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY:
15419 case R_PPC64_ENTRY:
15420 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT:
15423 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
15424 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
15425 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
15426 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
15427 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16:
15428 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
15429 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
15430 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
15431 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34:
15432 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
15435 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16:
15436 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
15437 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
15438 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
15439 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34:
15440 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
15443 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS:
15444 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS:
15445 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
15446 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
15447 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34:
15448 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
15451 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS:
15452 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
15453 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
15454 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
15455 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34:
15456 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
15459 case R_PPC64_GOT16:
15460 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO:
15461 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI:
15462 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
15463 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
15464 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
15465 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34:
15468 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
15473 unsigned long indx = 0;
15474 struct got_entry *ent;
15475 bfd_vma sym_addend = orig_rel.r_addend;
15477 if (r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
15478 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
15479 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
15480 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
15481 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34)
15484 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
15486 || !h->elf.def_dynamic))
15487 ent = ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd);
15492 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
15493 || h->elf.dynindx == -1
15494 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf)
15495 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &h->elf))
15496 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
15497 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
15498 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
15499 because of a version file. */
15503 indx = h->elf.dynindx;
15504 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
15506 ent = h->elf.got.glist;
15510 if (local_got_ents == NULL)
15512 ent = local_got_ents[r_symndx];
15515 for (; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
15516 if (ent->addend == sym_addend
15517 && ent->owner == input_bfd
15518 && ent->tls_type == tls_type)
15524 if (ent->is_indirect)
15525 ent = ent->got.ent;
15526 offp = &ent->got.offset;
15527 got = ppc64_elf_tdata (ent->owner)->got;
15531 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
15532 least significant bit to record whether we have already
15533 processed this entry. */
15535 if ((off & 1) != 0)
15539 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
15540 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
15548 ? h->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15549 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
15552 relgot = htab->elf.irelplt;
15554 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
15555 else if (is_static_defined (&h->elf))
15556 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
15559 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
15561 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &h->elf)
15562 || (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
15563 && !h->elf.def_dynamic))
15564 && !(tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)
15565 && bfd_link_executable (info)
15566 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf))))
15567 relgot = ppc64_elf_tdata (ent->owner)->relgot;
15568 if (relgot != NULL)
15570 outrel.r_offset = (got->output_section->vma
15571 + got->output_offset
15573 outrel.r_addend = sym_addend;
15574 if (tls_type & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
15576 outrel.r_addend = 0;
15577 outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64);
15578 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
15580 loc = relgot->contents;
15581 loc += (relgot->reloc_count++
15582 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela));
15583 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
15585 outrel.r_offset += 8;
15586 outrel.r_addend = sym_addend;
15588 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC64_DTPREL64);
15591 else if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
15592 outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC64_DTPREL64);
15593 else if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
15594 outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC64_TPREL64);
15595 else if (indx != 0)
15596 outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT);
15600 outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE);
15602 outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE);
15604 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
15606 loc = got->contents + off;
15607 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend + relocation,
15611 if (indx == 0 && tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
15613 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
15614 if (tls_type & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
15616 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
15617 outrel.r_addend = 0;
15619 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
15622 loc = relgot->contents;
15623 loc += (relgot->reloc_count++
15624 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela));
15625 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
15628 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
15629 emitting a reloc. */
15632 relocation += sym_addend;
15635 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
15639 if (tls_type & TLS_LD)
15642 relocation -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
15643 if (tls_type & TLS_TPREL)
15644 relocation += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
15647 if (tls_type & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD))
15649 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation,
15650 got->contents + off + 8);
15654 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation,
15655 got->contents + off);
15659 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
15662 relocation = got->output_section->vma + got->output_offset + off;
15663 if (!(r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
15664 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
15665 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
15666 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
15667 || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34))
15668 addend = -(TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off);
15672 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA:
15673 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI:
15674 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO:
15675 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
15676 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34:
15677 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC:
15678 case R_PPC64_PLT32:
15679 case R_PPC64_PLT64:
15680 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ:
15681 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC:
15682 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL:
15683 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC:
15684 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
15685 procedure linkage table. */
15686 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
15688 struct plt_entry **plt_list = NULL;
15690 plt_list = &h->elf.plt.plist;
15691 else if (local_got_ents != NULL)
15693 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
15694 (local_got_ents + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
15695 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
15699 struct plt_entry *ent;
15700 bfd_vma sym_addend = orig_rel.r_addend;
15702 if (r_type == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15703 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC)
15706 for (ent = *plt_list; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
15707 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
15708 && ent->addend == sym_addend)
15713 plt = htab->elf.splt;
15714 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
15716 || h->elf.dynindx == -1)
15719 ? h->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15720 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
15721 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
15723 plt = htab->pltlocal;
15725 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
15726 + plt->output_offset
15727 + ent->plt.offset);
15728 if (r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
15729 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
15730 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
15731 || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS)
15733 got = (elf_gp (output_bfd)
15734 + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off);
15737 if (r_type != R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15738 && r_type != R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC)
15740 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
15748 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
15749 relocation = TOCstart;
15750 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
15751 relocation += htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off;
15752 else if (unresolved_reloc)
15754 else if (sec != NULL && sec->id < htab->sec_info_arr_size)
15755 relocation += htab->sec_info[sec->id].toc_off;
15757 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
15760 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
15761 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
15762 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
15764 case R_PPC64_TOC16:
15765 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
15766 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI:
15767 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
15768 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
15769 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
15770 addend -= TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off;
15773 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
15774 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF:
15775 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO:
15776 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI:
15777 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
15778 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
15779 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA:
15781 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
15784 case R_PPC64_REL16:
15785 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO:
15786 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI:
15787 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA:
15788 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH:
15789 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA:
15790 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER:
15791 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA:
15792 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST:
15793 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA:
15794 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34:
15795 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34:
15796 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34:
15797 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34:
15798 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA:
15799 case R_PPC64_REL14:
15800 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
15801 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN:
15802 case R_PPC64_REL24:
15803 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC:
15804 case R_PPC64_PCREL34:
15805 case R_PPC64_PCREL28:
15808 case R_PPC64_TPREL16:
15809 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO:
15810 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI:
15811 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA:
15812 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
15813 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
15814 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH:
15815 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA:
15816 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER:
15817 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA:
15818 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST:
15819 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA:
15820 case R_PPC64_TPREL34:
15822 && h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15823 && h->elf.dynindx == -1)
15825 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
15826 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
15827 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
15828 defined before using them. */
15829 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
15831 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
15832 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 13);
15834 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
15837 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
15838 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
15839 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
15840 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
15841 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
15844 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16:
15845 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO:
15846 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI:
15847 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA:
15848 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
15849 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
15850 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH:
15851 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA:
15852 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER:
15853 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA:
15854 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST:
15855 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA:
15856 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34:
15857 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
15858 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
15861 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL:
15862 addend += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h != NULL
15867 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64:
15872 case R_PPC64_TPREL64:
15873 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
15874 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
15877 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64:
15878 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
15879 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
15880 /* Fall through. */
15882 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
15884 case R_PPC64_REL30:
15885 case R_PPC64_REL32:
15886 case R_PPC64_REL64:
15887 case R_PPC64_ADDR14:
15888 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
15889 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
15890 case R_PPC64_ADDR16:
15891 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
15892 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA:
15893 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI:
15894 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH:
15895 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA:
15896 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER:
15897 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA:
15898 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST:
15899 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA:
15900 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO:
15901 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
15902 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34:
15903 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34:
15904 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34:
15905 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34:
15906 case R_PPC64_ADDR24:
15907 case R_PPC64_ADDR32:
15908 case R_PPC64_ADDR64:
15909 case R_PPC64_UADDR16:
15910 case R_PPC64_UADDR32:
15911 case R_PPC64_UADDR64:
15913 case R_PPC64_D34_LO:
15914 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30:
15915 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30:
15918 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
15921 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS && is_opd)
15924 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
15926 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
15927 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
15928 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
15930 ? h->dyn_relocs != NULL
15931 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
15933 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
15938 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
15939 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
15945 out_off = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
15946 input_section, rel->r_offset);
15947 if (out_off == (bfd_vma) -1)
15949 else if (out_off == (bfd_vma) -2)
15950 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
15951 out_off += (input_section->output_section->vma
15952 + input_section->output_offset);
15953 outrel.r_offset = out_off;
15954 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
15956 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
15957 if ((r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR64 && (out_off & 7) != 0)
15958 || (r_type == R_PPC64_UADDR64 && (out_off & 7) == 0))
15959 r_type ^= R_PPC64_ADDR64 ^ R_PPC64_UADDR64;
15960 else if ((r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR32 && (out_off & 3) != 0)
15961 || (r_type == R_PPC64_UADDR32 && (out_off & 3) == 0))
15962 r_type ^= R_PPC64_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC64_UADDR32;
15963 else if ((r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR16 && (out_off & 1) != 0)
15964 || (r_type == R_PPC64_UADDR16 && (out_off & 1) == 0))
15965 r_type ^= R_PPC64_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC64_UADDR16;
15968 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
15969 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf)
15971 && r_type != R_PPC64_TOC)
15973 indx = h->elf.dynindx;
15974 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
15975 outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
15979 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
15980 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
15981 at a local function. */
15982 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
15983 if (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR64 || r_type == R_PPC64_TOC)
15985 if (is_opd && h != NULL)
15987 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
15988 when building shared libraries and we
15989 reference a function in another shared
15990 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
15991 definition in an application that's
15992 overridden by a strong definition in a
15993 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
15994 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
15995 In these cases we won't use the opd
15996 entry in this lib. */
15997 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
16000 && r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR64
16002 ? h->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16003 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
16004 outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE);
16007 outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE);
16009 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16010 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16011 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16012 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16019 ? h->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16020 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
16022 info->callbacks->einfo
16023 /* xgettext:c-format */
16024 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16025 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16026 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
16027 ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name,
16031 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
16033 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
16035 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
16040 asection *osec = sec->output_section;
16042 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
16044 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16045 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16046 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16047 reduced to a relocation against their
16048 section symbol because it holds the
16049 address of the section, not a value
16050 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16051 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16052 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16053 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16054 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16055 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
16060 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
16063 if ((osec->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
16064 && htab->elf.data_index_section != NULL)
16065 osec = htab->elf.data_index_section;
16067 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
16068 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
16070 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
16073 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16074 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16075 the output section's address but not the
16076 offset of the input section in the output
16078 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
16081 outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
16085 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
16087 ? h->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16088 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
16090 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
16092 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
16093 else if (is_static_defined (&h->elf))
16094 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
16096 if (sreloc == NULL)
16099 if (sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)
16102 loc = sreloc->contents;
16103 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
16104 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
16106 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16107 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16108 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16109 that the section contents are a known value. */
16112 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
16113 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16114 ignores section contents except for the special
16115 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16116 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16117 cause reloc overflow. */
16120 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16121 to improve backward compatibility with older
16123 if (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR64)
16124 addend = outrel.r_addend;
16125 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16126 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->pc_relative)
16127 addend = outrel.r_offset;
16133 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT:
16134 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT:
16135 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL:
16136 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE:
16137 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16139 /* Fall through. */
16141 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16:
16142 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS:
16143 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA:
16144 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI:
16145 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO:
16146 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS:
16147 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32:
16148 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64:
16149 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16151 info->callbacks->einfo
16152 /* xgettext:c-format */
16153 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16155 ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name, sym_name);
16157 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
16162 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16163 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16164 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16170 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
16171 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
16172 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
16173 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
16174 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI:
16175 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI:
16176 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16177 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16178 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16179 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16180 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16181 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16185 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC:
16186 if (!unresolved_reloc)
16187 htab->notoc_plt = 1;
16188 /* Fall through. */
16189 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL:
16190 if (unresolved_reloc)
16192 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16193 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
16194 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
16196 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B_DOT | insn, p);
16197 if (r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL)
16198 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p + 4);
16199 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
16200 r_type = R_PPC64_REL24;
16204 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC:
16205 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ:
16206 if (unresolved_reloc)
16208 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
16213 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC:
16214 if (!unresolved_reloc)
16215 htab->notoc_plt = 1;
16216 /* Fall through. */
16217 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34:
16218 if (unresolved_reloc)
16220 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
16221 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, PNOP >> 32, p);
16222 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, PNOP, p + 4);
16223 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
16228 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA:
16229 if (unresolved_reloc)
16231 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
16234 /* Fall through. */
16235 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
16236 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
16237 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
16238 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
16239 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
16240 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
16241 if (htab->do_toc_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
16242 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->unexpected_toc_insn)
16246 p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
16247 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
16252 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO:
16253 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
16254 if (unresolved_reloc)
16256 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
16259 /* Fall through. */
16260 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
16261 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
16262 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS:
16263 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
16264 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO:
16265 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
16266 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
16267 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
16268 if (htab->do_toc_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
16269 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->unexpected_toc_insn)
16271 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
16272 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
16273 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16275 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16276 insn &= ~((0x3f << 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16277 insn |= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16281 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
16284 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
16288 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA:
16289 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16291 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
16292 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
16293 if ((insn & ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
16294 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)) /* addis rt,13,imm */)
16295 /* xgettext:c-format */
16296 info->callbacks->minfo
16297 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
16298 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
16299 ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name, insn);
16302 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
16308 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO:
16309 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
16310 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16312 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
16313 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
16314 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
16316 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
16321 /* Do any further special processing. */
16327 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA:
16328 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA:
16329 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA:
16330 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA:
16331 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA:
16332 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA:
16333 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA:
16334 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA:
16335 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA:
16336 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
16337 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA:
16338 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA:
16339 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA:
16340 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA:
16341 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA:
16342 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA:
16343 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA:
16344 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA:
16345 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA:
16346 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16347 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
16348 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
16349 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
16352 /* Fall through. */
16354 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA:
16355 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA:
16356 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA:
16357 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
16358 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
16359 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
16360 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
16361 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
16362 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
16366 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30:
16367 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34:
16368 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34:
16369 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34:
16370 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34:
16372 addend += 1ULL << 33;
16375 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
16376 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
16377 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
16378 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
16379 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
16380 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
16381 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
16382 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
16383 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
16384 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS:
16385 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS:
16386 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS:
16387 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS:
16388 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS:
16389 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
16390 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
16391 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
16392 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
16393 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
16394 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
16396 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
16397 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
16398 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
16399 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
16400 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
16401 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
16402 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (56u << 26)
16403 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn & 3) == 1))
16405 relocation += addend;
16406 addend = insn & (mask ^ 3);
16407 if ((relocation & mask) != 0)
16409 relocation ^= relocation & mask;
16410 info->callbacks->einfo
16411 /* xgettext:c-format */
16412 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
16413 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
16414 ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name,
16416 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
16423 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
16424 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
16425 not process them. */
16426 howto = ppc64_elf_howto_table[(int) r_type];
16427 if (unresolved_reloc
16428 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
16429 && h->elf.def_dynamic)
16430 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
16431 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
16433 info->callbacks->einfo
16434 /* xgettext:c-format */
16435 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
16436 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
16438 h->elf.root.root.string);
16442 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
16443 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
16444 have different reloc types. */
16445 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
16446 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
16447 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
16449 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
16451 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
16452 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
16453 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
16454 else if (howto->rightshift == 0
16455 ? ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
16456 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
16457 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
16458 : ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
16459 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
16460 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
16461 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
16462 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
16464 alt_howto = *howto;
16465 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
16466 howto = &alt_howto;
16472 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
16474 case R_PPC64_D34_LO:
16475 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30:
16476 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30:
16477 case R_PPC64_PCREL34:
16478 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34:
16479 case R_PPC64_TPREL34:
16480 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34:
16481 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34:
16482 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34:
16483 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34:
16484 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34:
16485 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34:
16486 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC:
16488 case R_PPC64_PCREL28:
16489 if (rel->r_offset + 8 > input_section->size)
16490 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
16493 relocation += addend;
16494 if (howto->pc_relative)
16495 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
16496 + input_section->output_offset
16497 + input_section->output_section->vma);
16498 relocation >>= howto->rightshift;
16500 pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
16502 pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
16504 pinsn &= ~howto->dst_mask;
16505 pinsn |= (((relocation << 16) | (relocation & 0xffff))
16506 & howto->dst_mask);
16507 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32, contents + rel->r_offset);
16508 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
16510 if (howto->complain_on_overflow == complain_overflow_signed
16511 && (relocation + (1ULL << (howto->bitsize - 1))
16512 >= 1ULL << howto->bitsize))
16513 r = bfd_reloc_overflow;
16517 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA:
16518 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size)
16519 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
16522 relocation += addend;
16523 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
16524 + input_section->output_offset
16525 + input_section->output_section->vma);
16526 relocation = (bfd_signed_vma) relocation >> 16;
16527 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
16529 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
16530 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
16532 if (relocation + 0x8000 > 0xffff)
16533 r = bfd_reloc_overflow;
16538 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
16539 contents, rel->r_offset,
16540 relocation, addend);
16543 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
16545 char *more_info = NULL;
16546 const char *reloc_name = howto->name;
16548 if (reloc_dest != DEST_NORMAL)
16550 more_info = bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name) + 8);
16551 if (more_info != NULL)
16553 strcpy (more_info, reloc_name);
16554 strcat (more_info, (reloc_dest == DEST_OPD
16555 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
16556 reloc_name = more_info;
16560 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
16562 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
16563 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
16565 && (reloc_dest == DEST_STUB
16567 && (h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16568 || h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
16569 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))))
16570 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow (info, &h->elf.root,
16571 sym_name, reloc_name,
16573 input_bfd, input_section,
16578 info->callbacks->einfo
16579 /* xgettext:c-format */
16580 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
16581 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
16582 reloc_name, sym_name, (int) r);
16585 if (more_info != NULL)
16595 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
16596 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
16598 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
16599 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
16600 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
16602 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
16604 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
16605 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
16608 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
16609 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
16610 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
16613 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
16614 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
16615 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
16616 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
16617 opd_entry_value. */
16618 if (is_opd && (info->emitrelocations || bfd_link_relocatable (info)))
16621 amt = input_section->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela);
16622 rel = bfd_alloc (input_bfd, amt);
16623 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->opd.relocs == NULL);
16624 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->opd.relocs = rel;
16627 memcpy (rel, relocs, amt);
16632 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
16635 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info *info,
16636 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
16637 Elf_Internal_Sym *elfsym,
16638 asection *input_sec,
16639 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
16641 struct _opd_sec_data *opd;
16648 opd = get_opd_info (input_sec);
16649 if (opd == NULL || opd->adjust == NULL)
16652 value = elfsym->st_value - input_sec->output_offset;
16653 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
16654 value -= input_sec->output_section->vma;
16656 adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (value)];
16660 elfsym->st_value += adjust;
16664 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
16665 dynamic sections here. */
16668 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
16669 struct bfd_link_info *info,
16670 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
16671 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
16673 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
16674 struct plt_entry *ent;
16676 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
16680 if (!htab->opd_abi && !h->def_regular)
16681 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
16682 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
16684 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
16685 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
16686 any relocations where pointer equality matters
16687 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
16688 function pointer comparisons work between an
16689 application and shared library), otherwise set it
16691 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
16692 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
16694 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
16696 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
16697 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
16698 function pointer. */
16706 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
16707 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
16711 if (h->dynindx == -1
16712 || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
16713 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
16714 || htab->elf.srelbss == NULL
16715 || htab->elf.sreldynrelro == NULL)
16718 rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
16719 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
16720 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
16721 rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC64_COPY);
16723 if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
16724 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
16726 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
16727 loc = srel->contents;
16728 loc += srel->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
16729 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
16735 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
16736 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
16738 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
16739 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
16740 const asection *rel_sec,
16741 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
16743 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type;
16744 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
16746 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
16747 return reloc_class_ifunc;
16749 r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
16752 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE:
16753 return reloc_class_relative;
16754 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT:
16755 return reloc_class_plt;
16757 return reloc_class_copy;
16759 return reloc_class_normal;
16763 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
16766 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
16767 struct bfd_link_info *info)
16769 struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab;
16773 htab = ppc_hash_table (info);
16777 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
16778 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
16780 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
16782 Elf64_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
16784 if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
16787 dyncon = (Elf64_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
16788 dynconend = (Elf64_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
16789 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
16791 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
16794 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
16801 case DT_PPC64_GLINK:
16803 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
16804 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
16805 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
16806 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
16807 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
16808 dyn.d_un.d_ptr += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab) - 8 * 4;
16812 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".opd");
16815 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
16819 if ((htab->do_multi_toc && htab->multi_toc_needed)
16820 || htab->notoc_plt)
16821 dyn.d_un.d_val |= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC;
16822 if (htab->has_plt_localentry0)
16823 dyn.d_un.d_val |= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY;
16826 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ:
16827 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".opd");
16830 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
16834 s = htab->elf.splt;
16835 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
16839 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
16840 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
16844 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
16848 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
16849 info->callbacks->einfo
16850 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
16851 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
16852 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
16853 info->callbacks->einfo
16854 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
16855 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
16859 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
16863 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->elf.sgot->size != 0
16864 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
16866 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
16867 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
16868 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd,
16869 elf_gp (output_bfd) + TOC_BASE_OFF,
16870 htab->elf.sgot->contents);
16872 /* Set .got entry size. */
16873 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
16877 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
16878 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
16880 /* Set .plt entry size. */
16881 elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
16882 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab);
16885 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
16886 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
16887 if (htab->brlt != NULL
16888 && htab->brlt->reloc_count != 0
16889 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd,
16891 elf_section_data (htab->brlt)->rela.hdr,
16892 elf_section_data (htab->brlt)->relocs,
16896 if (htab->glink != NULL
16897 && htab->glink->reloc_count != 0
16898 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd,
16900 elf_section_data (htab->glink)->rela.hdr,
16901 elf_section_data (htab->glink)->relocs,
16906 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
16907 && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0
16908 && htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
16909 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
16910 htab->glink_eh_frame,
16911 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
16914 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
16915 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
16917 while ((dynobj = dynobj->link.next) != NULL)
16921 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj))
16924 s = ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj)->got;
16927 && s->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr
16928 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, s->output_section,
16929 s->contents, s->output_offset,
16932 s = ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj)->relgot;
16935 && s->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr
16936 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, s->output_section,
16937 s->contents, s->output_offset,
16945 #include "elf64-target.h"
16947 /* FreeBSD support */
16949 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
16950 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
16952 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
16953 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
16954 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
16955 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
16958 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
16961 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
16963 #include "elf64-target.h"